get rid of the giant old mednafen. add a new small one just for psx, modeled more after how wonderswan was organized.
This commit is contained in:
zeromus
parent
71ddbde18d
commit
090d18a668
1282
mednafen/ABOUT-NLS
1282
mednafen/ABOUT-NLS
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
341
mednafen/COPYING
341
mednafen/COPYING
|
|
@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
5008
mednafen/ChangeLog
5008
mednafen/ChangeLog
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
|||
SUBDIRS = po intl src
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = m4/ChangeLog
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,834 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
|
||||
# @configure_input@
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc.
|
||||
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
|
||||
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
|
||||
transform = $(program_transform_name)
|
||||
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_INSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_INSTALL = :
|
||||
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
build_triplet = @build@
|
||||
host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
target_triplet = @target@
|
||||
subdir = .
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/configure \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/include/config.h.in \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING \
|
||||
ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS TODO compile config.guess config.rpath \
|
||||
config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_cflags_gcc_option.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/codeset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fcntl-o.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc2.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc21.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intdiv0.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intl.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intmax.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lcmessage.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lock.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/longlong.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/printf-posix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/size_max.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint_h.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/threadlib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/uintmax_t.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/visibility.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar_t.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/wint_t.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xsize.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
|
||||
configure.lineno config.status.lineno
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/config.h
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
|
||||
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
|
||||
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
|
||||
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
|
||||
am__v_at_0 = @
|
||||
SOURCES =
|
||||
DIST_SOURCES =
|
||||
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
|
||||
html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
|
||||
install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
|
||||
install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
|
||||
install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
|
||||
installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
|
||||
ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
|
||||
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
|
||||
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
|
||||
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
|
||||
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
|
||||
distdir dist dist-all distcheck
|
||||
ETAGS = etags
|
||||
CTAGS = ctags
|
||||
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||
top_distdir = $(distdir)
|
||||
am__remove_distdir = \
|
||||
{ test ! -d "$(distdir)" \
|
||||
|| { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
|
||||
&& rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; }
|
||||
am__relativize = \
|
||||
dir0=`pwd`; \
|
||||
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
|
||||
sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
|
||||
sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
|
||||
sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
|
||||
while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
|
||||
first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
|
||||
if test "$$first" != "."; then \
|
||||
if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
|
||||
dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
|
||||
dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
|
||||
if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
|
||||
dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
dir2="../$$dir2"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
reldir="$$dir2"
|
||||
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
|
||||
GZIP_ENV = --best
|
||||
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
|
||||
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
|
||||
ALSA_CFLAGS = @ALSA_CFLAGS@
|
||||
ALSA_LIBS = @ALSA_LIBS@
|
||||
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS = @AM_CFLAGS@
|
||||
AM_CXXFLAGS = @AM_CXXFLAGS@
|
||||
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
|
||||
AR = @AR@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
AWK = @AWK@
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
CCAS = @CCAS@
|
||||
CCASDEPMODE = @CCASDEPMODE@
|
||||
CCASFLAGS = @CCASFLAGS@
|
||||
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
CFLAG_VISIBILITY = @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
CPP = @CPP@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CXX = @CXX@
|
||||
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
|
||||
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
|
||||
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
|
||||
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
|
||||
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
|
||||
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
|
||||
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
|
||||
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
|
||||
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
|
||||
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
|
||||
EGREP = @EGREP@
|
||||
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
|
||||
FGREP = @FGREP@
|
||||
GBA_EXTRA_FLAGS = @GBA_EXTRA_FLAGS@
|
||||
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
|
||||
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
|
||||
GLIBC2 = @GLIBC2@
|
||||
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
|
||||
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
|
||||
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
|
||||
GREP = @GREP@
|
||||
HAVE_ASPRINTF = @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
|
||||
HAVE_NEWLOCALE = @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
|
||||
HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF = @HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
|
||||
HAVE_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
|
||||
HAVE_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
HAVE_WPRINTF = @HAVE_WPRINTF@
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
|
||||
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
|
||||
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
|
||||
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
|
||||
INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
|
||||
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
|
||||
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
|
||||
JACK_CFLAGS = @JACK_CFLAGS@
|
||||
JACK_LIBS = @JACK_LIBS@
|
||||
LD = @LD@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBCDIO_CFLAGS = @LIBCDIO_CFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBCDIO_LIBS = @LIBCDIO_LIBS@
|
||||
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
|
||||
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
|
||||
LIBMULTITHREAD = @LIBMULTITHREAD@
|
||||
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
LIBPTH = @LIBPTH@
|
||||
LIBPTH_PREFIX = @LIBPTH_PREFIX@
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
LIBTHREAD = @LIBTHREAD@
|
||||
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||
LIPO = @LIPO@
|
||||
LN_S = @LN_S@
|
||||
LTLIBC = @LTLIBC@
|
||||
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
|
||||
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
|
||||
LTLIBMULTITHREAD = @LTLIBMULTITHREAD@
|
||||
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
|
||||
LTLIBPTH = @LTLIBPTH@
|
||||
LTLIBTHREAD = @LTLIBTHREAD@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||
MATH_OPTIMIZER_FLAGS = @MATH_OPTIMIZER_FLAGS@
|
||||
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
|
||||
MMX_CFLAGS = @MMX_CFLAGS@
|
||||
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
|
||||
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
|
||||
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
|
||||
NM = @NM@
|
||||
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
|
||||
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
|
||||
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
|
||||
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
|
||||
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
|
||||
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
|
||||
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
|
||||
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
|
||||
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
|
||||
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
|
||||
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
|
||||
POSUB = @POSUB@
|
||||
PRI_MACROS_BROKEN = @PRI_MACROS_BROKEN@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
SDL_CFLAGS = @SDL_CFLAGS@
|
||||
SDL_CONFIG = @SDL_CONFIG@
|
||||
SDL_LIBS = @SDL_LIBS@
|
||||
SED = @SED@
|
||||
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
SNDFILE_CFLAGS = @SNDFILE_CFLAGS@
|
||||
SNDFILE_LIBS = @SNDFILE_LIBS@
|
||||
SNES_EXTRA_CXXFLAGS = @SNES_EXTRA_CXXFLAGS@
|
||||
SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS = @SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS@
|
||||
SSE2_CFLAGS = @SSE2_CFLAGS@
|
||||
SSE3_CFLAGS = @SSE3_CFLAGS@
|
||||
SSE_CFLAGS = @SSE_CFLAGS@
|
||||
STRIP = @STRIP@
|
||||
TRIO_CFLAGS = @TRIO_CFLAGS@
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
WARNING_FLAGS = @WARNING_FLAGS@
|
||||
WINDRES = @WINDRES@
|
||||
WOE32 = @WOE32@
|
||||
WOE32DLL = @WOE32DLL@
|
||||
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
|
||||
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
|
||||
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
|
||||
XMKMF = @XMKMF@
|
||||
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
|
||||
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
|
||||
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
|
||||
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
|
||||
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
|
||||
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
|
||||
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
|
||||
am__include = @am__include@
|
||||
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
|
||||
am__quote = @am__quote@
|
||||
am__tar = @am__tar@
|
||||
am__untar = @am__untar@
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
build = @build@
|
||||
build_alias = @build_alias@
|
||||
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
|
||||
build_os = @build_os@
|
||||
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
|
||||
builddir = @builddir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
|
||||
docdir = @docdir@
|
||||
dvidir = @dvidir@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
host = @host@
|
||||
host_alias = @host_alias@
|
||||
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
|
||||
host_os = @host_os@
|
||||
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
|
||||
htmldir = @htmldir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
install_sh = @install_sh@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||
localedir = @localedir@
|
||||
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||
lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
|
||||
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
psdir = @psdir@
|
||||
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||
target = @target@
|
||||
target_alias = @target_alias@
|
||||
target_cpu = @target_cpu@
|
||||
target_os = @target_os@
|
||||
target_vendor = @target_vendor@
|
||||
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
|
||||
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
SUBDIRS = po intl src
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = m4/ChangeLog
|
||||
all: all-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
am--refresh:
|
||||
@:
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
@for dep in $?; do \
|
||||
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
|
||||
*$$dep*) \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu'; \
|
||||
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \
|
||||
&& exit 0; \
|
||||
exit 1;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \
|
||||
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
|
||||
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
|
||||
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
@case '$?' in \
|
||||
*config.status*) \
|
||||
echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
|
||||
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
|
||||
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
|
||||
|
||||
include/config.h: include/stamp-h1
|
||||
@if test ! -f $@; then \
|
||||
rm -f include/stamp-h1; \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) include/stamp-h1; \
|
||||
else :; fi
|
||||
|
||||
include/stamp-h1: $(top_srcdir)/include/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
@rm -f include/stamp-h1
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status include/config.h
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/include/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER))
|
||||
rm -f include/stamp-h1
|
||||
touch $@
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-hdr:
|
||||
-rm -f include/config.h include/stamp-h1
|
||||
intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-libtool:
|
||||
-rm -f *.lo
|
||||
|
||||
clean-libtool:
|
||||
-rm -rf .libs _libs
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-libtool:
|
||||
-rm -f libtool config.lt
|
||||
|
||||
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
|
||||
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
|
||||
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
|
||||
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
|
||||
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
|
||||
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
|
||||
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
|
||||
@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
|
||||
for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
|
||||
case $$f in \
|
||||
*=* | --[!k]*);; \
|
||||
*k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
dot_seen=no; \
|
||||
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
|
||||
dot_seen=yes; \
|
||||
local_target="$$target-am"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
local_target="$$target"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|
||||
|| eval $$failcom; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; test -z "$$fail"
|
||||
|
||||
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
|
||||
@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
|
||||
for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
|
||||
case $$f in \
|
||||
*=* | --[!k]*);; \
|
||||
*k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
dot_seen=no; \
|
||||
case "$@" in \
|
||||
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
|
||||
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
|
||||
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
rev="$$rev ."; \
|
||||
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
|
||||
for subdir in $$rev; do \
|
||||
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
|
||||
local_target="$$target-am"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
local_target="$$target"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|
||||
|| eval $$failcom; \
|
||||
done && test -z "$$fail"
|
||||
tags-recursive:
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
ctags-recursive:
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
|
||||
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
|
||||
mkid -fID $$unique
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
set x; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
include_option=--etags-include; \
|
||||
empty_fix=.; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
include_option=--include; \
|
||||
empty_fix=; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
|
||||
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
|
||||
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
|
||||
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
|
||||
shift; \
|
||||
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
|
||||
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
|
||||
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
"$$@" $$unique; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$unique; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
|
||||
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
|
||||
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|
||||
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$unique
|
||||
|
||||
GTAGS:
|
||||
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
|
||||
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-tags:
|
||||
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
|
||||
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
|
||||
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
|
||||
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
|
||||
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
|
||||
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
|
||||
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
|
||||
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
|
||||
case $$dist_files in \
|
||||
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
|
||||
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
|
||||
sort -u` ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
for file in $$dist_files; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
|
||||
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
|
||||
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
|
||||
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
|
||||
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
|
||||
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|
||||
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
|
||||
test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|
||||
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
|
||||
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
|
||||
$(am__relativize); \
|
||||
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
|
||||
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
|
||||
$(am__relativize); \
|
||||
new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
|
||||
echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
|
||||
echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
|
||||
($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
|
||||
top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
|
||||
distdir="$$new_distdir" \
|
||||
am__remove_distdir=: \
|
||||
am__skip_length_check=: \
|
||||
am__skip_mode_fix=: \
|
||||
distdir) \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
|
||||
|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
|
||||
-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
|
||||
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
|
||||
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
|
||||
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|
||||
|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
|
||||
dist-gzip: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-bzip2: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-lzma: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-xz: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-tarZ: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-shar: distdir
|
||||
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist-zip: distdir
|
||||
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
|
||||
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
dist dist-all: distdir
|
||||
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
|
||||
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
|
||||
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
|
||||
# tarfile.
|
||||
distcheck: dist
|
||||
case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
|
||||
*.tar.gz*) \
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
|
||||
*.tar.bz2*) \
|
||||
bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
|
||||
*.tar.lzma*) \
|
||||
lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
|
||||
*.tar.xz*) \
|
||||
xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
|
||||
*.tar.Z*) \
|
||||
uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
|
||||
*.shar.gz*) \
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
|
||||
*.zip*) \
|
||||
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
|
||||
esac
|
||||
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/_build
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
|
||||
chmod a-w $(distdir)
|
||||
test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
|
||||
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
|
||||
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
|
||||
&& am__cwd=`pwd` \
|
||||
&& $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
|
||||
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
|
||||
--with-included-gettext \
|
||||
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
|
||||
distuninstallcheck \
|
||||
&& chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
|
||||
&& ({ \
|
||||
(cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
|
||||
distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
|
||||
} || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
|
||||
&& rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
|
||||
&& rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
|
||||
&& cd "$$am__cwd" \
|
||||
|| exit 1
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
|
||||
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
|
||||
sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
|
||||
distuninstallcheck:
|
||||
@$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \
|
||||
&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
|
||||
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
|
||||
if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
|
||||
echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
|
||||
fi ; \
|
||||
$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
|
||||
exit 1; } >&2
|
||||
distcleancheck: distclean
|
||||
@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
|
||||
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
|
||||
exit 1 ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|
||||
|| { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
|
||||
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
|
||||
exit 1; } >&2
|
||||
check-am: all-am
|
||||
check: check-recursive
|
||||
all-am: Makefile
|
||||
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
|
||||
installdirs-am:
|
||||
install: install-recursive
|
||||
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
|
||||
install-data: install-data-recursive
|
||||
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-am: all-am
|
||||
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
|
||||
install-strip:
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
|
||||
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
|
||||
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-generic:
|
||||
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
clean: clean-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-recursive
|
||||
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
|
||||
distclean-libtool distclean-tags
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: dvi-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
html: html-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
html-am:
|
||||
|
||||
info: info-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-data-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-exec-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-html: install-html-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-html-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-info: install-info-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
|
||||
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
install-ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck-am:
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
|
||||
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
|
||||
|
||||
pdf: pdf-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
ps: ps-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-am:
|
||||
|
||||
.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
|
||||
install-am install-strip tags-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
|
||||
all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
|
||||
clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
|
||||
dist-gzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \
|
||||
distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
|
||||
distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \
|
||||
distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
|
||||
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
|
||||
install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
|
||||
install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
|
||||
install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
|
||||
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
|
||||
installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
|
||||
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \
|
||||
ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Compilation notes:
|
||||
gcc is generally required(Intel's compiler might work), and the compilers specified via CC and CXX must be the same
|
||||
version.
|
||||
|
||||
Using gcc 4.4.x(or newer, though Mednafen doesn't get as much testing with newer versions) is recommended; anything
|
||||
older than gcc 4.2.x may not work, and gcc 4.2.x has a nasty code generation bug that may pop up and trigger a
|
||||
program abort in an internal compiler regression test routine in Mednafen; though there is now some logic in the
|
||||
configure script to try to choose optimization options that won't trigger the bad code generation.
|
||||
|
||||
Reportedly, passing: --build=x86_64-apple-darwin`uname -r`
|
||||
to the configure script is necessary for building on Mac OS X to work properly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some notes on the source code:
|
||||
|
||||
The following system headers are included by including "mednafen.h", and always will be, so don't include them manually.
|
||||
assert.h (included in "types.h")
|
||||
inttypes.h (included in "types.h")
|
||||
stdlib.h
|
||||
stdio.h
|
||||
string.h
|
||||
345
mednafen/TODO
345
mednafen/TODO
|
|
@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
|
|||
!!! Make sure all legal notices and licenses for DLLs are included in the Win32 binary distribution !!!
|
||||
|
||||
Document the major changes in Mednafen 0.9.0 over Mednafen 0.8.x somewhere(NEWS?). A list to get started:
|
||||
Sega Genesis/Mega Drive emulation, from Genesis Plus, Genesis Plus GX(EEPROM emulator, general information), Yabause(68K emulator), Gens(YM2612 emulator), and
|
||||
of course the Z80 emulator core from FUSE already used in SMS and NGP emulation.
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual Boy emulation(using the V810 emulator forked(and optimized and otherwise improved!) from Reality Boy ages ago for use in PC-FX emulation, along
|
||||
with original code for everything else).
|
||||
|
||||
Multi-threaded CD-ROM reading code.
|
||||
|
||||
Significantly more accurate(though not entirely perfect, and slower) PCE emulation.
|
||||
|
||||
The "pce_fast" emulation module, which is a fork of 0.8.x optimized for speed, at the expense of *generally*-unimportant accuracy.
|
||||
|
||||
Various accuracy improvements to PC-FX emulation, including ADPCM IRQ generation(fixes Sparkling Feather),
|
||||
correcting the ADPCM decoding algorithm, a new slightly more accurate V810 emulation mode to fix glitches in
|
||||
Chip Chan Kick and Kishin Douji Zenki FX, greatly improved accuracy of KING->RAINBOW block transfers, and an
|
||||
interrupt controller fix that allows for the BIOS PhotoCD player to work. The 2 switches on gamepads are also emulated
|
||||
now.
|
||||
|
||||
A new experimental/unstable video driver, "overlay".
|
||||
|
||||
"Slow forwarding" feature. Mednafen is too good for "slow-mo". ;b
|
||||
|
||||
Support for WSR(WonderSwan sound rip format) playback.
|
||||
|
||||
Support for RTC in GBA games(requires a "type" file).
|
||||
|
||||
!!! Initialize statically-allocated Blip_Buffer objects(via clear() method) and reset any corresponding last-value variables
|
||||
on game load for each emulated system.
|
||||
|
||||
Rewrite MDFNFILE in file.cpp to separate classes, ArchiveReader(takes a directory or archive filename) and ArchiveMemberReader(reads a file in a directory or a file
|
||||
in an archive).
|
||||
|
||||
Fix C68K generator to work correctly when cross-compiling to a platform whose binaries can't run(through automatic emulation)
|
||||
on the build platform.
|
||||
|
||||
In drivers/video.cpp, see if replacing "SDL_FillRect(screen, NULL, 0);" in ClearBackBuffer() with custom software-only
|
||||
code to clear it fixes framerate degradation problems on Windows when env var SDL_VIDEODRIVER=directx and setting vdriver=sdl
|
||||
Additionally, optimize ClearBackBuffer() to not clear parts of the screen that will be overwritten by normal non-OSD
|
||||
blitting, and do testing for the vdriver=overlay case.
|
||||
|
||||
In drivers/video.cpp, allocate video scaler pixel buffers separately from the SDL_Surface itself, and realloc() to larger
|
||||
sizes when necessary(but never realloc() to smaller sizes), and free() only on video deinitialization.
|
||||
|
||||
Add a setting to disallow joystick(or keyboard even) input when focus is lost.
|
||||
|
||||
Switch hotkey/command key processing over to be event-based rather than instantaneous-state based. Consider implications for ckdelay, hotkey
|
||||
logical AND mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Systems with RTC emulation: Fix code to NOT use localtime(), which has consistency issues due to relying on external state(IE time zones), at
|
||||
any time other than virtual power toggle/init.
|
||||
|
||||
YM2612:
|
||||
Timer fixes?
|
||||
|
||||
Internationalization issues:
|
||||
Radix(decimal point) character:
|
||||
Remove world_strtod().
|
||||
Use trio functions solely for string<->floating-point conversion(in settings code), and ensure that trio is using the current locale.
|
||||
|
||||
Alter similar translatable strings in various emulation modules to be the same strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Ensure all important translatable strings are marked as such.
|
||||
|
||||
Update Russian and German translations.
|
||||
|
||||
Filesystem character coding vs UTF8 internal encoding vs locale.
|
||||
|
||||
Replace string/ConvertUTF.cpp with iconv() usage.
|
||||
|
||||
Wrap iconv() in C++ classes.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation:
|
||||
Document systems with a debugger available.
|
||||
|
||||
Netplay:
|
||||
Simplify name resolution and eventually remove hackish-sort-preference for IPv4 addresses over IPv6(in 2014 maybe?), split functionality
|
||||
into different components:
|
||||
NetServer (maybe, to support *potentially* lower-latency P2P-style netplay)
|
||||
NetClient (keep, and rework, select() type functionality in this class)
|
||||
|-NetAddress
|
||||
|-NetConnection
|
||||
|
||||
Consider handling a recv() return value of 0 differently.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Settings:
|
||||
Quote(and escape) string-type settings in the configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
Protect settings structures and objects with mutexes(for thread safety when using MDFNI_SetSetting() while the emulator is running)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional manually-created per-game setting override files(or one big database file per system?).
|
||||
|
||||
Save some emulation-related settings in save states, and temporarily(until another save state load, or a virtual power toggle via F11) make
|
||||
them active. Consider implications for netplay, state rewinding, and PSX memory card emulation(slots can be disabled via settings).
|
||||
Would require revamping large amounts of code.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Video:
|
||||
Refactor hq2x, scale2x, 2xsai, etc. filtering code into classes based off an abstract base class.
|
||||
|
||||
Add a "tblur.handle_gamma" setting that, when enabled, will cause gamma-correct temporal blurring.
|
||||
|
||||
Sound:
|
||||
Handle sound being disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Open sound device in the game thread, and close it in the game thread, since the game thread is what writes to it.
|
||||
|
||||
Backup memory:
|
||||
SRAM delta log and/or backing up of previous save game files.
|
||||
|
||||
PCE_FAST:
|
||||
MWR latching!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PCE:
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> one thing about timer inside the HuC6280
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> the 7-bit timer is decremented when MSB of the prescaler changes from 1 to 0.
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> (assuming the prescaler is an up counter)
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> the prescaler seems to be a 10-bit counter
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> which is reset to zero when zero is written to the control bit ($0c01.bit0)
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> if the control bit is written to zero when the prescaler is greater than 512 (i.e. the MSB is 1),
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> prescaler is reset and the MSB changes from 1 --> 0
|
||||
<AamirM> <AamirM> ah..so the timer decrements
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> exactly
|
||||
<AamirM> <Ki_> and if the timer value was zero at that point, /TIRQ will be asserted
|
||||
|
||||
Fix HuC6280 op TMA with multiple bits set.
|
||||
|
||||
Determine startup state of various chips(including PSG).
|
||||
|
||||
Fix sprite 0 IRQ timing.
|
||||
|
||||
Ensure all state is being saved to save states.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix VRAM->VRAM DMA, SAT DMA timing, and CPU-halting handling with new information from tests on a real system.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix broken SuperGrafx window emulation.
|
||||
|
||||
If power/reset is triggered in the debugger, force a return from MDFNI_Emulate(); either that or clear
|
||||
the audio buffer on power/reset. To fix a potential sound buffer overflow issue. (Actually, that won't happen
|
||||
as-is, but
|
||||
|
||||
Emulate disabled button/output when CLR is active on gamepad reads(might need to adjust the multitap code
|
||||
to buffer data in this case?).
|
||||
|
||||
Double-check timer IRQ semantics vs real system(what reads and writes acknowledge IRQs, cli-then-ack behavior,
|
||||
mask register write effective delay, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
GBA:
|
||||
GSF multiboot support, and make sure it works(and GSF loading in general) on big-endian platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
SMS:
|
||||
Rewrite VDP execution loop so events happen on the correct cycles more or less, and to remove the ugly IRQ-versus-
|
||||
IRQ-bit-status-poll hacks. Use "z80_tstates" to do this.
|
||||
|
||||
Simplify and improve(including TH latching of VDP H-counter) IO emulation, and use Genesis controller/gamepad
|
||||
code(abstract it out of the Genesis code, into hw_input/sega_db9/* or something similar)
|
||||
|
||||
Galactic Protector input when FM sound is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Actually save/restore YM2413 data in save states.
|
||||
|
||||
NGP:
|
||||
Implement low-level BIOS and auxillary hardware emulation, with information provided by Judge.
|
||||
|
||||
VB:
|
||||
Check if Red Alarm's sound effects are supposed to be totally wonky when various sound effects "overlap".
|
||||
|
||||
Look into getting VIP SCANRDY status bit emulated correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
Genesis:
|
||||
Fix VDP H-counter read value(write test program if necessary).
|
||||
|
||||
Add Z80 IRQ ack hack which can be controlled by a setting.
|
||||
|
||||
Event system in C68K, fix possible problems with excessively long 68K instructions and the Z80 IRQ
|
||||
not being handled.
|
||||
|
||||
Mouse emulation is borked, fix it.
|
||||
|
||||
Implement "Virtua Racing" SVP emulation via code supplied by notaz.
|
||||
|
||||
PC-FX:
|
||||
cdrom/scsicd.cpp
|
||||
Allow commands that require medium access to complete successfully if there's no disc present and
|
||||
the "alloc size" field is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
Generate SCSI errors when reserved fields are set to something other than 0(especially cdb[1] and the final cdb
|
||||
entry).
|
||||
|
||||
Complete mode page emulation: especially the CD audio control page, tests need to be done on the real
|
||||
system to see if the volume fields have any effect, and if it's possible to have both L and R channels active
|
||||
(0x3) on a single output port, or if only one is allowed per output port.
|
||||
|
||||
Determine what data command 0xDE, mode 0x03, match 0xB0 is returning(the PhotoCD player uses it, it may
|
||||
contain information encoding the LBA of the filesystem).
|
||||
Doing this will require obtaining various CD-i, CD-i Ready, and PhotoCD discs for examination.
|
||||
|
||||
Command 0x42(READ SUB-CHANNEL):
|
||||
Add proper MCN and ISRC support.
|
||||
|
||||
Figure out the weirdness when the ISRC is requested for a data track.
|
||||
|
||||
Implement Q subchannel interpolation(perhaps globally).
|
||||
|
||||
Only return Q subchannel data for audio operations?
|
||||
|
||||
Emulate audio completion(or lack thereof) status correctly(if completed successfully,
|
||||
0x13, and from then on 0x15, I believe).
|
||||
|
||||
Investigate audio status code when scanning.
|
||||
|
||||
mempeekhw
|
||||
|
||||
movbsu, cache load/store breakpoints
|
||||
|
||||
Figure out 1M/4M DRAM mode differences on KING [low priority]
|
||||
|
||||
Set pcfx.rainbow.chromaip default to 0 if the glitch in Deep Blue Fleet when viewing a ship from the side doesn't occur on a real PC-FX.
|
||||
|
||||
Determine correct relative volume levels between ADPCM, CD-DA, and PSG.
|
||||
|
||||
Investigate reported discrepancy between real PC-FX and Mednafen when uploading waveform to PSG by rewriting
|
||||
the channel number/index before each sample write(on a real PC-FX, it doesn't work; IE, likely either the sample
|
||||
writes are being ignored, or the waveform memory index is being reset on channel number/index write).
|
||||
|
||||
V810 MUL or MULU overflow flag logic is likely wrong(can't remember which off hand ATM; confirm, and fix).
|
||||
|
||||
NES:
|
||||
Add some kind of protection against FDS corruption when exiting the emulator in the middle of a disk write.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix apparent sound skew(lost cycles?) messing up blargg's DMC tests.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix weird graphical glitches in Quattro Sports: BMX Simulator
|
||||
|
||||
nes/boards/vrc7.cpp (slot save state saving)
|
||||
|
||||
Safety fopen() replacement for preventing overwriting of files.
|
||||
|
||||
smem_seek() offset signedness fix
|
||||
|
||||
Reexamine the code for choosing which emulation module to use. Highest priority to file extension(as long as the extension is unique to a system,
|
||||
"bin" is no unique for example), and special magic test functions if that fails.
|
||||
|
||||
Investigate reports of undefined symbols(in V810 FPU emulation code, and the WonderSwan x86 disassembler, and possibly other places). There ARE references to
|
||||
undefined symbols, but the symbols that reference them are never referenced themselves. We should probably fix this.
|
||||
|
||||
Add dummy copy constructors to lots of our new classes.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: Add a "SaveStateMD5" member to the MDFNGI struct, to allow the sharing of battery-backed save files between PCE and PCE_FAST
|
||||
without allowing save states to be shared.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: Clean up multithreaded CD-ROM reading code. Add fixes for drives that don't support raw subchannel reading and/or raw reading. Add fixes
|
||||
for drives that return borked(from the wrong sectors) subchannel data. Add fixes for drives that refuse to read garbage mode 1 sectors(or fix readahead to not read
|
||||
the pregap between audio and data tracks).
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: Do locking in drivers/remote.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: Consider locking in MDFNI_printf() due to the indentation global variable.
|
||||
|
||||
Alter MD5 hash of games based on the module's name for save states etc.?
|
||||
|
||||
Emulation "module" namespace encapsulation.
|
||||
|
||||
Save state timestamp-related variables consistency checks to avoid the possibility of buffer overruns and, less importantly, locking up the emulator
|
||||
by use of malicious save states.
|
||||
|
||||
Investigate excessively long pause time after buffer underrun with ALSA and Intel HDA.
|
||||
|
||||
Rewrite the cheat interface, and add support for multiple patches per named cheat.
|
||||
|
||||
Movie recording non-overwriting.
|
||||
|
||||
Clean up intialization/deinitialization code so that more than one game can be loaded per Mednafen run. Including cleaning up the
|
||||
sound file player interface to not trash a system's MDFNGI struct.
|
||||
(This is a lot harder than it sounds! :b)
|
||||
|
||||
Debugger(general):
|
||||
Disassembly address forcible resynchronization has inconsistent results across different emulated systems; make
|
||||
them consistent.
|
||||
|
||||
assert() in cdrom/scsicd.cpp on line 2629 is being triggered; "loading a save state while
|
||||
stopped in the debugger brings up the message"
|
||||
|
||||
Breakpoint logger mode(instead of breaking, output the instruction address that caused the breakpoint,
|
||||
and which breakpoint was triggered(assuming that address+breakpoint pair wasn't outputted to the text file already).
|
||||
|
||||
Add opcode breakpoints to PC-FX and NES debuggers.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugger memory usage map and per-address-space breakpoints.
|
||||
|
||||
Support for multi-line entries in the log viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
fix various debugger problems(first, register updates when in stepping mode, or when new values are inputted in the register editor)
|
||||
|
||||
Up-to-date register updates(for things like timer counter registers) during debugger while in step mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Sprite viewer
|
||||
|
||||
BG map viewer
|
||||
|
||||
Full undefined behavior logging
|
||||
|
||||
Input macro recording.
|
||||
|
||||
Return -1 on game load error in main(), -2(maybe!) for unknown format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
************
|
||||
**Old TODO**:
|
||||
************
|
||||
|
||||
The following games are broken to some extent:
|
||||
|
||||
Crystalis: Mostly working, but the screen jumps around during
|
||||
dialogue. It apparently resets the MMC3 IRQ counter
|
||||
mid-scanline. It'll require low-level PPU and MMC3
|
||||
IRQ counter emulation to function properly.
|
||||
|
||||
Kickmaster: IRQ occurs a few CPU cycles too late, interferes with NMI routine,
|
||||
and causes the game to lock up after the second boss. Luckily, there
|
||||
are passwords, at least.
|
||||
*"FIXED" BY HACK*
|
||||
|
||||
Star Wars(PAL Beam Software version):
|
||||
MMC3 IRQ occurs when it shouldn't, similar to the problem in
|
||||
Kickmaster.
|
||||
*"FIXED" BY HACK*
|
||||
|
||||
*** General Features:
|
||||
|
||||
Fix possible UNIF crashes(if no PRGx or CHRx chunks exist, it may crash,
|
||||
due to changes made in 0.92).
|
||||
|
||||
*** Emulation:
|
||||
|
||||
Figure out what mapper 113 really is.
|
||||
|
||||
Sound frame count stuff on PAL games(is it correct?).
|
||||
|
||||
Fix Zapper emulation(one version of Chiller still doesn't always work correctly).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,594 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Configure paths for SDL
|
||||
# Sam Lantinga 9/21/99
|
||||
# stolen from Manish Singh
|
||||
# stolen back from Frank Belew
|
||||
# stolen from Manish Singh
|
||||
# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_SDL([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
|
||||
dnl Test for SDL, and define SDL_CFLAGS and SDL_LIBS
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_SDL],
|
||||
[dnl
|
||||
dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the sdl-config script
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-prefix,[ --with-sdl-prefix=PFX Prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
|
||||
sdl_prefix="$withval", sdl_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-exec-prefix,[ --with-sdl-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
|
||||
sdl_exec_prefix="$withval", sdl_exec_prefix="")
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$sdl_exec_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
sdl_args="$sdl_args --exec-prefix=$sdl_exec_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_exec_prefix/bin/sdl-config
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x$sdl_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
sdl_args="$sdl_args --prefix=$sdl_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_prefix/bin/sdl-config
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(SDL_CONFIG, sdl-config, no)
|
||||
min_sdl_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.11.0,$1)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for SDL - version >= $min_sdl_version)
|
||||
no_sdl=""
|
||||
if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
|
||||
no_sdl=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
SDL_CFLAGS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --cflags`
|
||||
SDL_LIBS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --libs`
|
||||
|
||||
sdl_major_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
|
||||
sdl_minor_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
|
||||
sdl_micro_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$no_sdl" = x ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
|
||||
echo "*** The sdl-config script installed by SDL could not be found"
|
||||
echo "*** If SDL was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
|
||||
echo "*** your path, or set the SDL_CONFIG environment variable to the"
|
||||
echo "*** full path to sdl-config."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
SDL_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
SDL_LIBS=""
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SDL_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SDL_LIBS)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_MKDIR],
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_FUNCS([mkdir _mkdir])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mkdir takes one argument],
|
||||
[ac_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg],
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
], [mkdir (".");],
|
||||
[ac_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=yes], [ac_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=no])])
|
||||
if test x"$ac_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg" = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG], 1,
|
||||
[Define if mkdir takes only one argument.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Note:
|
||||
dnl =====
|
||||
dnl I have not implemented the following suggestion because I don't have
|
||||
dnl access to such a broken environment to test the macro. So I'm just
|
||||
dnl appending the comments here in case you have, and want to fix
|
||||
dnl AC_FUNC_MKDIR that way.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl |Thomas E. Dickey (dickey@herndon4.his.com) said:
|
||||
dnl | it doesn't cover the problem areas (compilers that mistreat mkdir
|
||||
dnl | may prototype it in dir.h and dirent.h, for instance).
|
||||
dnl |
|
||||
dnl |Alexandre:
|
||||
dnl | Would it be sufficient to check for these headers and #include
|
||||
dnl | them in the AC_TRY_COMPILE block? (and is AC_HEADER_DIRENT
|
||||
dnl | suitable for this?)
|
||||
dnl |
|
||||
dnl |Thomas:
|
||||
dnl | I think that might be a good starting point (with the set of recommended
|
||||
dnl | ifdef's and includes for AC_HEADER_DIRENT, of course).
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Configure Paths for Alsa
|
||||
dnl Some modifications by Richard Boulton <richard-alsa@tartarus.org>
|
||||
dnl Christopher Lansdown <lansdoct@cs.alfred.edu>
|
||||
dnl Jaroslav Kysela <perex@suse.cz>
|
||||
dnl Last modification: alsa.m4,v 1.24 2004/09/15 18:48:07 tiwai Exp
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_ALSA([MINIMUM-VERSION [, ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
|
||||
dnl Test for libasound, and define ALSA_CFLAGS and ALSA_LIBS as appropriate.
|
||||
dnl enables arguments --with-alsa-prefix=
|
||||
dnl --with-alsa-enc-prefix=
|
||||
dnl --disable-alsatest
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl For backwards compatibility, if ACTION_IF_NOT_FOUND is not specified,
|
||||
dnl and the alsa libraries are not found, a fatal AC_MSG_ERROR() will result.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_ALSA],
|
||||
[dnl Save the original CFLAGS, LDFLAGS, and LIBS
|
||||
alsa_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
alsa_save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
|
||||
alsa_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
alsa_found=yes
|
||||
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl Get the cflags and libraries for alsa
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(alsa-prefix,
|
||||
[ --with-alsa-prefix=PFX Prefix where Alsa library is installed(optional)],
|
||||
[alsa_prefix="$withval"], [alsa_prefix=""])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(alsa-inc-prefix,
|
||||
[ --with-alsa-inc-prefix=PFX Prefix where include libraries are (optional)],
|
||||
[alsa_inc_prefix="$withval"], [alsa_inc_prefix=""])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: this is not yet implemented
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(alsatest,
|
||||
[ --disable-alsatest Do not try to compile and run a test Alsa program],
|
||||
[enable_alsatest="$enableval"],
|
||||
[enable_alsatest=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Add any special include directories
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ALSA CFLAGS)
|
||||
if test "$alsa_inc_prefix" != "" ; then
|
||||
ALSA_CFLAGS="$ALSA_CFLAGS -I$alsa_inc_prefix"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$alsa_inc_prefix"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($ALSA_CFLAGS)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$alsa_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl add any special lib dirs
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ALSA LDFLAGS)
|
||||
if test "$alsa_prefix" != "" ; then
|
||||
ALSA_LIBS="$ALSA_LIBS -L$alsa_prefix"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $ALSA_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl add the alsa library
|
||||
ALSA_LIBS="$ALSA_LIBS -lasound -lm -ldl -lpthread"
|
||||
LIBS="$ALSA_LIBS $LIBS"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($ALSA_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check for a working version of libasound that is of the right version.
|
||||
min_alsa_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.1.1,$1)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for libasound headers version >= $min_alsa_version)
|
||||
no_alsa=""
|
||||
alsa_min_major_version=`echo $min_alsa_version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
|
||||
alsa_min_minor_version=`echo $min_alsa_version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
|
||||
alsa_min_micro_version=`echo $min_alsa_version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
AC_LANG_SAVE
|
||||
AC_LANG_C
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#include <alsa/asoundlib.h>
|
||||
], [
|
||||
/* ensure backward compatibility */
|
||||
#if !defined(SND_LIB_MAJOR) && defined(SOUNDLIB_VERSION_MAJOR)
|
||||
#define SND_LIB_MAJOR SOUNDLIB_VERSION_MAJOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(SND_LIB_MINOR) && defined(SOUNDLIB_VERSION_MINOR)
|
||||
#define SND_LIB_MINOR SOUNDLIB_VERSION_MINOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(SND_LIB_SUBMINOR) && defined(SOUNDLIB_VERSION_SUBMINOR)
|
||||
#define SND_LIB_SUBMINOR SOUNDLIB_VERSION_SUBMINOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if(SND_LIB_MAJOR > $alsa_min_major_version)
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if(SND_LIB_MAJOR < $alsa_min_major_version)
|
||||
# error not present
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if(SND_LIB_MINOR > $alsa_min_minor_version)
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if(SND_LIB_MINOR < $alsa_min_minor_version)
|
||||
# error not present
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if(SND_LIB_SUBMINOR < $alsa_min_micro_version)
|
||||
# error not present
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_RESULT(found.)],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_RESULT(not present.)
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(Sufficiently new version of libasound not found.)])
|
||||
alsa_found=no]
|
||||
)
|
||||
AC_LANG_RESTORE
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Now that we know that we have the right version, let's see if we have the library and not just the headers.
|
||||
if test "x$enable_alsatest" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([asound], [snd_ctl_open],,
|
||||
[ifelse([$3], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(No linkable libasound was found.)])
|
||||
alsa_found=no]
|
||||
)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$alsa_save_LDFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$alsa_save_LIBS"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$alsa_found" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
|
||||
else
|
||||
ALSA_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
ALSA_LIBS=""
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl That should be it. Now just export out symbols:
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ALSA_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ALSA_LIBS)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Configure paths for ESD
|
||||
# Manish Singh 98-9-30
|
||||
# stolen back from Frank Belew
|
||||
# stolen from Manish Singh
|
||||
# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_ESD([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
|
||||
dnl Test for ESD, and define ESD_CFLAGS and ESD_LIBS
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_ESD],
|
||||
[dnl
|
||||
dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the esd-config script
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(esd-prefix,[ --with-esd-prefix=PFX Prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
|
||||
esd_prefix="$withval", esd_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(esd-exec-prefix,[ --with-esd-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
|
||||
esd_exec_prefix="$withval", esd_exec_prefix="")
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(esdtest, [ --disable-esdtest Do not try to compile and run a test ESD program],
|
||||
, enable_esdtest=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$esd_exec_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
esd_args="$esd_args --exec-prefix=$esd_exec_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
ESD_CONFIG=$esd_exec_prefix/bin/esd-config
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x$esd_prefix != x ; then
|
||||
esd_args="$esd_args --prefix=$esd_prefix"
|
||||
if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
|
||||
ESD_CONFIG=$esd_prefix/bin/esd-config
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(ESD_CONFIG, esd-config, no)
|
||||
min_esd_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.7,$1)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ESD - version >= $min_esd_version)
|
||||
no_esd=""
|
||||
if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
|
||||
no_esd=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_LANG_SAVE
|
||||
AC_LANG_C
|
||||
ESD_CFLAGS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --cflags`
|
||||
ESD_LIBS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --libs`
|
||||
|
||||
esd_major_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
|
||||
esd_minor_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
|
||||
esd_micro_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_config_args --version | \
|
||||
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_esdtest" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl Now check if the installed ESD is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
|
||||
dnl checks the results of esd-config to some extent
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
rm -f conf.esdtest
|
||||
AC_TRY_RUN([
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <esd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
char*
|
||||
my_strdup (char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_str;
|
||||
|
||||
if (str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
|
||||
strcpy (new_str, str);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_str = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return new_str;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int major, minor, micro;
|
||||
char *tmp_version;
|
||||
|
||||
system ("touch conf.esdtest");
|
||||
|
||||
/* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
|
||||
tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_esd_version");
|
||||
if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) {
|
||||
printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_esd_version");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (($esd_major_version > major) ||
|
||||
(($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version > minor)) ||
|
||||
(($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version == minor) && ($esd_micro_version >= micro)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n*** 'esd-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $esd_major_version, $esd_minor_version, $esd_micro_version);
|
||||
printf("*** of ESD required is %d.%d.%d. If esd-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
|
||||
printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
|
||||
printf("*** If esd-config was wrong, set the environment variable ESD_CONFIG\n");
|
||||
printf("*** to point to the correct copy of esd-config, and remove the file\n");
|
||||
printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
],, no_esd=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
AC_LANG_RESTORE
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "x$no_esd" = x ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
|
||||
echo "*** The esd-config script installed by ESD could not be found"
|
||||
echo "*** If ESD was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
|
||||
echo "*** your path, or set the ESD_CONFIG environment variable to the"
|
||||
echo "*** full path to esd-config."
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -f conf.esdtest ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "*** Could not run ESD test program, checking why..."
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
|
||||
AC_LANG_SAVE
|
||||
AC_LANG_C
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <esd.h>
|
||||
], [ return 0; ],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
|
||||
echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding ESD or finding the wrong"
|
||||
echo "*** version of ESD. If it is not finding ESD, you'll need to set your"
|
||||
echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
|
||||
echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
|
||||
echo "*** is required on your system"
|
||||
echo "***"
|
||||
echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
|
||||
echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
|
||||
[ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
|
||||
echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means ESD was incorrectly installed"
|
||||
echo "*** or that you have moved ESD since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
|
||||
echo "*** may want to edit the esd-config script: $ESD_CONFIG" ])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
AC_LANG_RESTORE
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ESD_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
ESD_LIBS=""
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ESD_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ESD_LIBS)
|
||||
rm -f conf.esdtest
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_ESD_SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_RECORD([ACTION-IF-SUPPORTS [, ACTION-IF-NOT-SUPPORTS]])
|
||||
dnl Test, whether esd supports multiple recording clients (version >=0.2.21)
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_ESD_SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_RECORD],
|
||||
[dnl
|
||||
AC_MSG_NOTICE([whether installed esd version supports multiple recording clients])
|
||||
ac_save_ESD_CFLAGS="$ESD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
ac_save_ESD_LIBS="$ESD_LIBS"
|
||||
AM_PATH_ESD(0.2.21,
|
||||
ifelse([$1], , [
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ESD_SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_RECORD, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ESD_SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_RECORD, 1,
|
||||
[Define if you have esound with support of multiple recording clients.])],
|
||||
[$1]),
|
||||
ifelse([$2], , [AM_CONDITIONAL(ESD_SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_RECORD, false)], [$2])
|
||||
if test "x$ac_save_ESD_CFLAGS" != x ; then
|
||||
ESD_CFLAGS="$ac_save_ESD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "x$ac_save_ESD_LIBS" != x ; then
|
||||
ESD_LIBS="$ac_save_ESD_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AX_NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for compiler flags to disable strict overflow)
|
||||
|
||||
nsof_test_prog=["#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
typedef int8_t int8;
|
||||
typedef int16_t int16;
|
||||
typedef int32_t int32;
|
||||
typedef int64_t int64;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef uint8_t uint8;
|
||||
typedef uint16_t uint16;
|
||||
typedef uint32_t uint32;
|
||||
typedef uint64_t uint64;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NO_INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct MathTestTSOEntry
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 a;
|
||||
int32 b;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't declare as static(though whopr might mess it up anyway)
|
||||
MathTestTSOEntry MathTestTSOTests[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ 0x7FFFFFFF, 2 },
|
||||
{ 0x7FFFFFFE, 0x7FFFFFFF },
|
||||
{ 0x7FFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF },
|
||||
{ 0x7FFFFFFE, 0x7FFFFFFE },
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int TestSignedOverflow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(unsigned int i = 0; i < sizeof(MathTestTSOTests) / sizeof(MathTestTSOEntry); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 a = MathTestTSOTests[i].a;
|
||||
int32 b = MathTestTSOTests[i].b;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!((a + b) < a && (a + b) < b)) { return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
if(!((a + 0x7FFFFFFE) < a)) { return -2; }
|
||||
if(!((b + 0x7FFFFFFE) < b)) { return -3; }
|
||||
|
||||
if(!((a + 0x7FFFFFFF) < a)) { return -4; }
|
||||
if(!((b + 0x7FFFFFFF) < b)) { return -5; }
|
||||
|
||||
if(!((int32)(a + 0x80000000) < a)) { return -6; }
|
||||
if(!((int32)(b + 0x80000000) < b)) { return -7; }
|
||||
|
||||
if(!((int32)(a ^ 0x80000000) < a)) { return -8; }
|
||||
if(!((int32)(b ^ 0x80000000) < b)) { return -9; }
|
||||
}
|
||||
return(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_a(int *array) NO_INLINE;
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_a(int *array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int value = 0; value < 127; value++)
|
||||
array[value] += (int8)value * 15;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_b(int *array) NO_INLINE;
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_b(int *array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int value = 127; value < 256; value++)
|
||||
array[value] += (int8)value * 15;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub2(int *array) NO_INLINE;
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub2(int *array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int value = 0; value < 256; value++)
|
||||
array[value] += (int8)value * 15;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub3(int *array) NO_INLINE;
|
||||
static void AntiNSOBugTest_Sub3(int *array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int value = 0; value < 256; value++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(value >= 128)
|
||||
array[value] = (value - 256) * 15;
|
||||
else
|
||||
array[value] = value * 15;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int array1[256], array2[256], array3[256];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(array1, 0, sizeof(array1));
|
||||
memset(array2, 0, sizeof(array2));
|
||||
memset(array3, 0, sizeof(array3));
|
||||
|
||||
AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_a(array1);
|
||||
AntiNSOBugTest_Sub1_b(array1);
|
||||
AntiNSOBugTest_Sub2(array2);
|
||||
AntiNSOBugTest_Sub3(array3);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < 256; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((array1[i] != array2[i]) || (array2[i] != array3[i]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
exit(-1 - i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
int tmp = TestSignedOverflow();
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp)
|
||||
exit(tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
"]
|
||||
|
||||
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS=""
|
||||
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -fno-strict-overflow"
|
||||
AC_TRY_RUN([$nsof_test_prog], [NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS="-fno-strict-overflow"], [
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS -fwrapv"
|
||||
AC_TRY_RUN([$nsof_test_prog], [NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS="-fwrapv"], [AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find working option to disable strict overflow.)])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS" != x ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed apparently)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
libtoolize --force --copy
|
||||
#gettextize --force --copy --intl
|
||||
autoheader
|
||||
aclocal -I m4
|
||||
autoconf
|
||||
automake -a -c -f
|
||||
|
||||
rm autom4te.cache/*
|
||||
rmdir autom4te.cache
|
||||
143
mednafen/compile
143
mednafen/compile
|
|
@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2009-10-06.20; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
|
||||
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
|
||||
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-h | --h*)
|
||||
cat <<\EOF
|
||||
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
|
||||
|
||||
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
|
||||
Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
|
||||
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
|
||||
right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-v | --v*)
|
||||
echo "compile $scriptversion"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ofile=
|
||||
cfile=
|
||||
eat=
|
||||
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -n "$eat"; then
|
||||
eat=
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
# configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
|
||||
# So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
case $2 in
|
||||
*.o | *.obj)
|
||||
ofile=$2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set x "$@" -o "$2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*.c)
|
||||
cfile=$1
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
|
||||
# If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
|
||||
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
|
||||
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
|
||||
# `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
|
||||
# ok.
|
||||
exec "$@"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
|
||||
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the lock directory.
|
||||
# Note: use `[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
|
||||
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
|
||||
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
|
||||
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
|
||||
while true; do
|
||||
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
done
|
||||
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
|
||||
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Run the compile.
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
ret=$?
|
||||
|
||||
if test -f "$cofile"; then
|
||||
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
|
||||
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
|
||||
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
rmdir "$lockdir"
|
||||
exit $ret
|
||||
|
||||
# Local Variables:
|
||||
# mode: shell-script
|
||||
# sh-indentation: 2
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
|
||||
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
|
||||
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
|
||||
# should be set by the caller.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
|
||||
|
||||
# Known limitations:
|
||||
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
|
||||
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
|
||||
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
|
||||
# directory and/or the installation directory.
|
||||
|
||||
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
|
||||
# which needs '.lib').
|
||||
libext=a
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
|
||||
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
|
||||
|
||||
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
|
||||
case $cc_temp in
|
||||
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
|
||||
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
|
||||
\-*) ;;
|
||||
*) break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
|
||||
|
||||
wl=
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
ecc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
icc* | ifort*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
lf95*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
como)
|
||||
wl='-lopt='
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
|
||||
*Sun\ C*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
rdos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
wl='-Qoption ld '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
unicos*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
|
||||
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=no
|
||||
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix*)
|
||||
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
|
||||
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
|
||||
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
|
||||
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
|
||||
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix[3-9]*)
|
||||
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
|
||||
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
|
||||
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
|
||||
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
|
||||
# them.
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix[3-9]*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
|
||||
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
|
||||
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
|
||||
# are no directories specified by -L.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
|
||||
# broken collect2.
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix[4-9]*)
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
|
||||
# have to do anything special.
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
|
||||
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
|
||||
# need to do runtime linking.
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
|
||||
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
|
||||
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
|
||||
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
|
||||
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
|
||||
then
|
||||
# We have reworked collect2
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
# We have old collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
|
||||
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conftest.c conftest
|
||||
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
|
||||
else
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
|
||||
libext=lib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2.2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux10*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux11*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
hppa*64*|ia64*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4)
|
||||
case $host_vendor in
|
||||
sni)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
|
||||
;;
|
||||
siemens)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
motorola)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4.3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
if test -d /usr/nec; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
|
||||
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
|
||||
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
|
||||
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
|
||||
# linker has special search rules.
|
||||
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
|
||||
libname_spec='lib$name'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix[4-9]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
shrext=.dylib
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
freebsd[123]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
ia64*)
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hppa*64*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix[3-9]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
irix5* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
libsuff= shlibsuff=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case $LD in
|
||||
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
|
||||
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
|
||||
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
knetbsd*-gnu)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
nto-qnx*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
libname_spec='$name'
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
rdos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
|
||||
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
|
||||
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
|
||||
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
|
||||
wl="$escaped_wl"
|
||||
|
||||
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
|
||||
libext="$libext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
|
||||
shlibext="$shlibext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Format of library name prefix.
|
||||
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
|
||||
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
|
||||
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,547 +0,0 @@
|
|||
AC_INIT([src/mednafen.cpp])
|
||||
AC_GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Avoid trailing and leading zeroes in the decimal version components to avoid confusing not-so-learned people.
|
||||
#
|
||||
MEDNAFEN_VERSION='0.9.26-WIP'
|
||||
MEDNAFEN_VERSION_NUMERIC=0x000926
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
|
||||
AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([mednafen], $MEDNAFEN_VERSION)
|
||||
m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES])
|
||||
AM_CONFIG_HEADER([include/config.h:include/config.h.in])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
AC_PROG_CPP
|
||||
AM_PROG_AS
|
||||
AM_PROG_CC_C_O
|
||||
AC_PROG_CXX
|
||||
AC_PROG_CXXCPP
|
||||
AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
|
||||
AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||
AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
|
||||
gl_VISIBILITY
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
|
||||
AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
|
||||
|
||||
# sizeof tests need to come after largefile support macros
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ptrdiff_t,long)
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(double)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(__int64)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(size_t)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(ptrdiff_t)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
|
||||
AC_C_CONST
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(memcmp memcpy memmove memset mmap munmap madvise signal sigaction fcntl getenv putenv setenv gettimeofday getpwuid getuid nanosleep usleep strerror strerror_r ftello fopen64 fseeko64 ftello64 fstat64)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h)
|
||||
AC_FUNC_MKDIR
|
||||
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Check for any libraries that need to be linked against for clock_gettime().
|
||||
#
|
||||
# (posix4 is apparently used by much older versions of Solaris according to tar, pre-7, so maybe it's not necessary
|
||||
# for Mednafen?)
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(clock_gettime, [rt posix4])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(clock_gettime)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(MINILZO_HAVE_CONFIG_H, [1], [Define if config.h is present])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([OpenGL/gl.h],HAVE_OPENGL_GL_H=true, HAVE_OPENGL_GL_H=false)
|
||||
if $HAVE_OPENGL_GL_H
|
||||
then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_APPLE_OPENGL_FRAMEWORK, [1], [Define if we should include from OpenGL instead of GL])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_PATH_X
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x${x_includes}" != "x"; then
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="-I${x_includes} ${CPPFLAGS}"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([GL/gl.h],HAVE_GL_GL_H=true, HAVE_GL_GL_H=false)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$HAVE_GL_GL_H = xfalse; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** OpenGL header file not found!])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_ICONV
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check for zlib
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [zlibVersion],[], AC_MSG_ERROR([*** zlib not found!]))
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lz"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZER_FLAGS=""
|
||||
|
||||
dnl MATH_OPTIMIZER_FLAGS is used in the automake files where it doesn't break code
|
||||
MATH_OPTIMIZER_FLAGS="-ffast-math"
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MATH_OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-fomit-frame-pointer], OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-finline-limit=6000], OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([--param large-function-growth=800], OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([--param inline-unit-growth=175], OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([--param max-inline-insns-single=10000], OPTIMIZER_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING_FLAGS=""
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wall], WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Winline], WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wshadow], WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wempty-body], WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wignored-qualifiers], WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(WARNING_FLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS=""
|
||||
SNES_EXTRA_CXXFLAGS=""
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-unused], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-inline], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-shadow], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-sign-compare], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-inline], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-ignored-qualifiers], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-inline], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-uninitialized], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-parentheses], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-Wno-switch], SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SNES_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SNES_EXTRA_CXXFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
GBA_EXTRA_FLAGS=""
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-fno-unit-at-a-time], GBA_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GBA_EXTRA_FLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
MDFN_COMPAT_FLAGS=""
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-fsigned-char], MDFN_COMPAT_FLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST([AM_CFLAGS], "$MDFN_COMPAT_FLAGS $WARNING_FLAGS $OPTIMIZER_FLAGS $NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS")
|
||||
AC_SUBST([AM_CXXFLAGS], "$MDFN_COMPAT_FLAGS $WARNING_FLAGS $OPTIMIZER_FLAGS $NO_STRICT_OVERFLOW_FLAGS")
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DEBUGGER, false)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debugger,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debugger], [build with internal debugger [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_debugger=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_debugger = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_DEBUGGER], [1], [Define if we are compiling with debugger.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DEBUGGER, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(cjk-fonts,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cjk-fonts], [build with internal CJK(Chinese, Japanese, Korean) fonts [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_cjk_fonts=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_cjk_fonts = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_INTERNAL_CJK], [1], [Define if we are compiling with internal CJK fonts.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl The code that uses $enable_altivec is lower, in the CPU architecture section.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(altivec,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-altivec], [use AltiVec extensions on PowerPC/POWER ISA processors [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_altivec=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_GB_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_GBA_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_LYNX_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_MD_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_SMS_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_NES_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_NGP_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCE_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCE_FAST_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCFX_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PSX_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_SMS_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_SNES_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_VB_EMU, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_WSWAN_EMU, false)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gb,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gb], [build with GameBoy emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_gb=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_gb = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_GB_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with GB emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_GB_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gba,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gba], [build with GameBoy Advance emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_gba=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_gba = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_GBA_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with GBA emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_GBA_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(lynx,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-lynx], [build with Atari Lynx emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_lynx=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_lynx = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_LYNX_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with Lynx emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_LYNX_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(md,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-md], [build with Sega Genesis/MegaDrive emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_md=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_md = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_MD_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with Sega Genesis/MegaDrive emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_MD_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nes,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-nes], [build with Nintendo Entertainment System emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_nes=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_nes = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_NES_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with NES emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_NES_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ngp,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-ngp], [build with Neo Geo Pocket emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_ngp=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_ngp = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_NGP_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with NGP emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_NGP_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pce,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-pce], [build with PC Engine(TurboGrafx 16) emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_pce=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_pce = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_PCE_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with PCE emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCE_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pce-fast,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-pce-fast], [build the separate, fast PC Engine(TurboGrafx 16) emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_pce_fast=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_pce_fast = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_PCE_FAST_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with separate fast PCE emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCE_FAST_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pcfx,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-pcfx], [build with PC-FX emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_pcfx=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_pcfx = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_PCFX_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with PC-FX emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PCFX_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(psx,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-psx], [build with PlayStation emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_psx=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_psx = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_PSX_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with PlayStation emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_PSX_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(sms,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-sms], [build with SMS+GG emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_sms=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_sms = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_SMS_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with SMS+GG emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_SMS_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(snes,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-snes], [build with SNES emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_snes=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_snes = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_SNES_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with SNES emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_SNES_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(vb,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-vb], [build with Virtual Boy emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_vb=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_vb = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_VB_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with Virtual Boy emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_VB_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(wswan,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-wswan], [build with WonderSwan emulation [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_wswan=yes)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_wswan = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WANT_WSWAN_EMU], [1], [Define if we are compiling with WonderSwan emulation.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_WSWAN_EMU, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_OSSDSP, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_ALSA, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_DIRECTSOUND, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SDL, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_JACK, false)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check* functions ripped from SDL's autoconf file, with heavy modifications
|
||||
dnl See if the ALSA audio interface is supported
|
||||
|
||||
CheckALSA()
|
||||
{
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(alsa,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-alsa], [support the ALSA audio API [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_alsa=yes)
|
||||
if test x$enable_alsa = xyes; then
|
||||
AM_PATH_ALSA(1.0.0, have_alsa=yes, have_alsa=no)
|
||||
|
||||
# Restore all flags from before the ALSA detection runs
|
||||
CFLAGS="$alsa_save_CFLAGS"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$alsa_save_LDFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$alsa_save_LIBS"
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$have_alsa = xyes; then
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_ALSA, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ALSA], [1], [Define if we are compiling with ALSA support.])
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $ALSA_LIBS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $ALSA_CFLAGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CheckJACK()
|
||||
{
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(jack,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-jack], [support the JACK audio API [[default=yes]]]),
|
||||
, enable_jack=yes)
|
||||
if test x$enable_jack = xyes; then
|
||||
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(JACK, jack, [have_jack=yes], [have_jack=no])
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$have_jack = xyes; then
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_JACK, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_JACK], [1], [Define if we are compiling with JACK support.])
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $JACK_LIBS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $JACK_CFLAGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CheckALSA
|
||||
CheckJACK
|
||||
|
||||
SDL_VERSION=1.2.0
|
||||
AM_PATH_SDL($SDL_VERSION, HAVE_SDL=true, HAVE_SDL=false)
|
||||
if $HAVE_SDL
|
||||
then
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SDL, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SDL], [1], [Define if we are compiling with SDL sound support.])
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SDL_LIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SDL_CFLAGS)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** SDL 1.2.x not found!])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([libcdio],
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-libcdio],
|
||||
[support physical CD reading @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
|
||||
[],
|
||||
[with_libcdio=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([libsndfile],
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-libsndfile],
|
||||
[support various sound file formats in ripped CD images @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
|
||||
[],
|
||||
[with_libsndfile=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
#AC_ARG_WITH([ogg-vorbis],
|
||||
# [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ogg-vorbis],
|
||||
# [support Ogg Vorbis playback for ripped CD images @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
|
||||
# [],
|
||||
# [with_oggvorbis=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WIN32, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(UNIX, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCDIO, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LINUX_JOYSTICK, false)
|
||||
|
||||
if expr x"$target" : 'x.*-mingw*' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="-mstackrealign $CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([dsound.h],HAVE_DIRECTSOUND=true, HAVE_DIRECTSOUND=false)
|
||||
|
||||
if $HAVE_DIRECTSOUND
|
||||
then
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_DIRECTSOUND,true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DIRECTSOUND], [1], [Define if we are compiling with DirectSound support.])
|
||||
LIBS="-ldxguid -lwinmm -ldsound $LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([PSS_STYLE],[2], [Defines the filesystem path-separator type.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([WIN32], [1], [Define if we are compiling for Win32.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WIN32, true)
|
||||
|
||||
LIBS="-mwindows -lws2_32 -ldxguid -lwinmm -ldinput $LIBS -lwinmm"
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$with_libcdio = xyes; then
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lcdio"
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBCDIO], [1], [Define if we are compiling with libcdio support.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCDIO, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$with_libsndfile = xyes; then
|
||||
SNDFILE_LIBS="-lsndfile"
|
||||
SNDFILE_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBSNDFILE], [1], [Define if we are compiling with libsndfile support.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test x$with_libcdio = xyes; then
|
||||
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBCDIO, libcdio, [], AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libcdio not found!]))
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBCDIO], [1], [Define if we are compiling with libcdio support.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCDIO, true)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$with_libsndfile = xyes; then
|
||||
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(SNDFILE, sndfile >= 1.0.2, [], AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libsndfile >= 1.0.2 not found!]))
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBSNDFILE], [1], [Define if we are compiling with libsndfile support.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([PSS_STYLE],[1], [Defines the filesystem path-separator type.])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/soundcard.h],[AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_OSSDSP,true) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OSSDSP], [1], [Define if we are compiling with OSS support.])])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([linux/joystick.h],[AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LINUX_JOYSTICK,true) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LINUX_JOYSTICK], [1], [Define if we are compiling with Linux joystick support.])])
|
||||
if expr x"$target" : 'x.*beos' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="-no-fpic $CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Make sure POSIX/BSD sockets API detection doesn't have any false positives(like when targeting Windows).
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS, false)
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS=yes
|
||||
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl Solaris may require "nsl" and "socket" libraries.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname], [nsl])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([socket], [socket])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(socket bind listen connect accept send recv close gethostbyname gethostbyaddr getaddrinfo freeaddrinfo gai_strerror select getsockopt setsockopt, [],
|
||||
[HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS=no])
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS = xyes; then
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS], [1], [Define if we are compiling with POSIX sockets support.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86_32, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86_64, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_POWERPC, false)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_POWERPC_ALTIVEC, false)
|
||||
|
||||
TRIO_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
MMX_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
SSE_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
SSE2_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
SSE3_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
case "$target_cpu" in
|
||||
x86_64|amd64)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_X86], [1], [Define if we are compiling for 32-bit or 64-bit x86 architectures.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_X86_64], [1], [Define if we are compiling for 64-bit x86 architectures.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86_64, true)
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl MMX, SSE, and SSE2 here should be unnecessary, but put them in just in case.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
MMX_CFLAGS="-mmmx"
|
||||
SSE_CFLAGS="-msse"
|
||||
SSE2_CFLAGS="-msse2"
|
||||
SSE3_CFLAGS="-msse3"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
i*86)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_X86], [1], [Define if we are compiling for 32-bit or 64-bit x86 architectures.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86, true)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_X86_32], [1], [Define if we are compiling for 32-bit x86 architectures.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_X86_32, true)
|
||||
MMX_CFLAGS="-mmmx"
|
||||
SSE_CFLAGS="-msse"
|
||||
SSE2_CFLAGS="-msse2"
|
||||
SSE3_CFLAGS="-msse3"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
powerpc)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_POWERPC], [1], [Define if we are compiling for PPC architectures.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_POWERPC, true)
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$enable_altivec = xyes; then
|
||||
ALTIVEC_FLAGS=""
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-faltivec], ALTIVEC_FLAGS)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-maltivec], ALTIVEC_FLAGS)
|
||||
if test "x$ALTIVEC_FLAGS" != "x"; then
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $ALTIVEC_FLAGS"
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ARCH_POWERPC_ALTIVEC], [1], [Define if we are compiling with AltiVec usage.])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(ARCH_POWERPC_ALTIVEC, true)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER([altivec.h],
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ALTIVEC_H], [1], [Define if altivec.h is present and usable.]),
|
||||
[] )
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
alpha*)
|
||||
AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION([-mieee], TRIO_CFLAGS)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MMX_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SSE_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SSE2_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SSE3_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(TRIO_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_C_BIGENDIAN([AC_DEFINE([MSB_FIRST],[1],[Define on big-endian platforms.])],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([LSB_FIRST],[1],[Define on little-endian platforms.])
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([MEDNAFEN_VERSION],"$MEDNAFEN_VERSION", [Mednafen version definition.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([MEDNAFEN_VERSION_NUMERIC],$MEDNAFEN_VERSION_NUMERIC, [Mednafen version numeric.])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([MPC_FIXED_POINT], [1], [Define to use fixed-point MPC decoder.])
|
||||
|
||||
LIBS="$SNDFILE_LIBS $LIBCDIO_LIBS $LIBS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$LIBCDIO_CFLAGS $SNDFILE_CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Output Makefiles
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile src/Makefile src/drivers/Makefile src/sexyal/Makefile src/tremor/Makefile src/mpcdec/Makefile src/trio/Makefile src/gb/Makefile src/gba/Makefile src/lynx/Makefile src/pce/Makefile src/pce_fast/Makefile src/pcfx/Makefile src/psx/Makefile src/sms/Makefile src/vb/Makefile src/wswan/Makefile src/nes/Makefile src/snes/Makefile src/ngp/Makefile src/sound/Makefile src/hw_cpu/Makefile src/hw_misc/Makefile src/hw_sound/Makefile src/hw_video/Makefile src/md/Makefile src/demo/Makefile src/desa68/Makefile po/Makefile.in intl/Makefile])
|
||||
630
mednafen/depcomp
630
mednafen/depcomp
|
|
@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
|
||||
# Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-h | --h*)
|
||||
cat <<\EOF
|
||||
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
|
||||
|
||||
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
|
||||
as side-effects.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables:
|
||||
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
|
||||
source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
|
||||
depfile Dependency file to output.
|
||||
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
|
||||
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-v | --v*)
|
||||
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
|
||||
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
|
||||
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
|
||||
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
|
||||
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
|
||||
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
|
||||
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
|
||||
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
|
||||
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
|
||||
gccflag=-M
|
||||
depmode=gcc
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
|
||||
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
|
||||
dashmflag=-xM
|
||||
depmode=dashmstdout
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
|
||||
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
|
||||
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
|
||||
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
|
||||
cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
|
||||
depmode=msvisualcpp
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$depmode" in
|
||||
gcc3)
|
||||
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
|
||||
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
|
||||
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
|
||||
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
|
||||
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
|
||||
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
|
||||
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
gcc)
|
||||
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
|
||||
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
|
||||
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
|
||||
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
|
||||
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
|
||||
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
|
||||
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
|
||||
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
|
||||
## than renaming).
|
||||
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
|
||||
gccflag=-MD,
|
||||
fi
|
||||
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
|
||||
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
|
||||
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
|
||||
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
|
||||
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
|
||||
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
|
||||
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
|
||||
## this for us directly.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
|
||||
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
|
||||
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
|
||||
## well.
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
sgi)
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
|
||||
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
|
||||
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
|
||||
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
|
||||
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
|
||||
# dependency line.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
|
||||
tr '
|
||||
' ' ' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo >> "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
|
||||
>> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
|
||||
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
|
||||
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
aix)
|
||||
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
|
||||
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
|
||||
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
|
||||
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
|
||||
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-M
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -M
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
|
||||
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
|
||||
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
|
||||
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
icc)
|
||||
# Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
|
||||
# icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
|
||||
# ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.h
|
||||
# which is wrong. We want:
|
||||
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
|
||||
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
|
||||
# sub/foo.c:
|
||||
# sub/foo.h:
|
||||
# ICC 7.1 will output
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
|
||||
# and will wrap long lines using \ :
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
|
||||
# sub/foo.h ... \
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
|
||||
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
|
||||
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
|
||||
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
|
||||
sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp2)
|
||||
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
|
||||
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
|
||||
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
|
||||
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
|
||||
# happens to be.
|
||||
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" +Maked
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
|
||||
sed -ne '2,${
|
||||
s/^ *//
|
||||
s/ \\*$//
|
||||
s/$/:/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
tru64)
|
||||
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
|
||||
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
|
||||
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
|
||||
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
|
||||
# Subdirectories are respected.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
# With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
|
||||
# static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
|
||||
# handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
|
||||
# With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
|
||||
# generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
|
||||
# compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
|
||||
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
|
||||
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
|
||||
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
|
||||
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
|
||||
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
|
||||
tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-MD
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -MD
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
|
||||
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
#nosideeffect)
|
||||
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
|
||||
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
|
||||
|
||||
dashmstdout)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove `-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
|
||||
# Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
|
||||
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
|
||||
# a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
|
||||
"$@" $dashmflag |
|
||||
sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
dashXmstdout)
|
||||
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
|
||||
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
makedepend)
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
# Remove any Libtool call
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# X makedepend
|
||||
shift
|
||||
cleared=no eat=no
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $cleared in
|
||||
no)
|
||||
set ""; shift
|
||||
cleared=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test $eat = yes; then
|
||||
eat=no
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-D*|-I*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
|
||||
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
|
||||
-arch)
|
||||
eat=yes ;;
|
||||
-*|$object)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
|
||||
touch "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
|
||||
' | \
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
cpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove `-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
"$@" -E |
|
||||
sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
|
||||
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
|
||||
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvisualcpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
|
||||
set fnord "$@"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
|
||||
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo " " >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvcmsys)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
none)
|
||||
exec "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Local Variables:
|
||||
# mode: shell-script
|
||||
# sh-indentation: 2
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#include "mednafen.h"
|
||||
#include "headless.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int MDFNnetplay = 0;
|
||||
void MDFND_NetplayText(const uint8* buf, bool something) {}
|
||||
void MDFND_NetworkClose(void) {}
|
||||
bool MDFNI_DumpSettingsDef(char const *) { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
uint32 MDFND_GetTime(void) { return (uint32)0xFFFFFFFF; }
|
||||
void MDFND_DispMessage(UTF8 *text)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("%s",text);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LockGameMutex(bool lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#ifndef _HEADLESS_H
|
||||
#define _HEADLESS_H
|
||||
|
||||
//make sure this file gets included by everything
|
||||
//configurations related to headlessness shall be in here
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LIBMEDNAHAWK
|
||||
#define HEADLESS
|
||||
#define WANT_RESAMPLER
|
||||
#define WANT_PSF
|
||||
#define WANT_DEINTERLACER
|
||||
|
||||
//in libmednahawk, we compile all cores together
|
||||
//in libretro, we'd want to compile them individually and choose the appropriate WANT_CD
|
||||
#define WANT_CDIF
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HEADLESS
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
//headless features are enabled
|
||||
#define WANT_MOVIE
|
||||
#define WANT_AVDUMP
|
||||
#define WANT_NETPLAY
|
||||
#define WANT_AVDUMP
|
||||
#define WANT_REWIND
|
||||
#define WANT_DEARCHIVE
|
||||
#define WANT_IPS
|
||||
#define WANT_RESAMPLER
|
||||
|
||||
//features you may want to consider -D in a headless library's makefile
|
||||
#define WANT_PSF
|
||||
#define WANT_SOFTGUI
|
||||
#define WANT_CDIF_MT
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Finite impulse response (FIR) resampler with adjustable FIR size
|
||||
|
||||
// Game_Music_Emu 0.5.2
|
||||
#ifndef FIR_RESAMPLER_H
|
||||
#define FIR_RESAMPLER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "blargg_common.h"
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class Fir_Resampler_ {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Use Fir_Resampler<width> (below)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set input/output resampling ratio and optionally low-pass rolloff and gain.
|
||||
// Returns actual ratio used (rounded to internal precision).
|
||||
double time_ratio( double factor, double rolloff = 0.999, double gain = 1.0 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Current input/output ratio
|
||||
double ratio() const { return ratio_; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Input
|
||||
|
||||
typedef short sample_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Resize and clear input buffer
|
||||
blargg_err_t buffer_size( int );
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear input buffer. At least two output samples will be available after
|
||||
// two input samples are written.
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of input samples that can be written
|
||||
int max_write() const { return buf.end() - write_pos; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointer to place to write input samples
|
||||
sample_t* buffer() { return write_pos; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Notify resampler that 'count' input samples have been written
|
||||
void write( long count );
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of input samples in buffer
|
||||
int written() const { return write_pos - &buf [write_offset]; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Skip 'count' input samples. Returns number of samples actually skipped.
|
||||
int skip_input( long count );
|
||||
|
||||
// Output
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of extra input samples needed until 'count' output samples are available
|
||||
int input_needed( blargg_long count ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of output samples available
|
||||
int avail() const { return avail_( write_pos - &buf [width_ * stereo] ); }
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
~Fir_Resampler_();
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
enum { stereo = 2 };
|
||||
enum { max_res = 32 };
|
||||
blargg_vector<sample_t> buf;
|
||||
sample_t* write_pos;
|
||||
int res;
|
||||
int imp_phase;
|
||||
int const width_;
|
||||
int const write_offset;
|
||||
blargg_ulong skip_bits;
|
||||
int step;
|
||||
int input_per_cycle;
|
||||
double ratio_;
|
||||
sample_t* impulses;
|
||||
|
||||
Fir_Resampler_( int width, sample_t* );
|
||||
int avail_( blargg_long input_count ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Width is number of points in FIR. Must be even and 4 or more. More points give
|
||||
// better quality and rolloff effectiveness, and take longer to calculate.
|
||||
template<int width>
|
||||
class Fir_Resampler : public Fir_Resampler_ {
|
||||
BOOST_STATIC_ASSERT( width >= 4 && width % 2 == 0 );
|
||||
short impulses [max_res] [width];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Fir_Resampler() : Fir_Resampler_( width, impulses [0] ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
// Read at most 'count' samples. Returns number of samples actually read.
|
||||
typedef short sample_t;
|
||||
int read( sample_t* out, blargg_long count );
|
||||
|
||||
int read_mono_hack( sample_t* out, blargg_long count );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// End of public interface
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Fir_Resampler_::write( long count )
|
||||
{
|
||||
write_pos += count;
|
||||
assert( write_pos <= buf.end() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<int width>
|
||||
int Fir_Resampler<width>::read( sample_t* out_begin, blargg_long count )
|
||||
{
|
||||
sample_t* out = out_begin;
|
||||
const sample_t* in = buf.begin();
|
||||
sample_t* end_pos = write_pos;
|
||||
blargg_ulong skip = skip_bits >> imp_phase;
|
||||
sample_t const* imp = impulses [imp_phase];
|
||||
int remain = res - imp_phase;
|
||||
int const local_step = this->step;
|
||||
|
||||
count >>= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( end_pos - in >= width * stereo )
|
||||
{
|
||||
end_pos -= width * stereo;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
count--;
|
||||
|
||||
// accumulate in extended precision
|
||||
blargg_long l = 0;
|
||||
blargg_long r = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
const sample_t* i = in;
|
||||
if ( count < 0 )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int n = width / 2; n; --n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pt0 = imp [0];
|
||||
l += pt0 * i [0];
|
||||
r += pt0 * i [1];
|
||||
int pt1 = imp [1];
|
||||
imp += 2;
|
||||
l += pt1 * i [2];
|
||||
r += pt1 * i [3];
|
||||
i += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
remain--;
|
||||
|
||||
l >>= 15;
|
||||
r >>= 15;
|
||||
|
||||
in += (skip * stereo) & stereo;
|
||||
skip >>= 1;
|
||||
in += local_step;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !remain )
|
||||
{
|
||||
imp = impulses [0];
|
||||
skip = skip_bits;
|
||||
remain = res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
out [0] = (sample_t) l;
|
||||
out [1] = (sample_t) r;
|
||||
out += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ( in <= end_pos );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
imp_phase = res - remain;
|
||||
|
||||
int left = write_pos - in;
|
||||
write_pos = &buf [left];
|
||||
memmove( buf.begin(), in, left * sizeof *in );
|
||||
|
||||
return out - out_begin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
template<int width>
|
||||
int Fir_Resampler<width>::read_mono_hack( sample_t* out_begin, blargg_long count )
|
||||
{
|
||||
sample_t* out = out_begin;
|
||||
const sample_t* in = buf.begin();
|
||||
sample_t* end_pos = write_pos;
|
||||
blargg_ulong skip = skip_bits >> imp_phase;
|
||||
sample_t const* imp = impulses [imp_phase];
|
||||
int remain = res - imp_phase;
|
||||
int const local_step = this->step;
|
||||
|
||||
count >>= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( end_pos - in >= width * stereo )
|
||||
{
|
||||
end_pos -= width * stereo;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
count--;
|
||||
|
||||
// accumulate in extended precision
|
||||
blargg_long l = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
const sample_t* i = in;
|
||||
if ( count < 0 )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int n = width / 2; n; --n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pt0 = imp [0];
|
||||
l += pt0 * i [0];
|
||||
|
||||
int pt1 = imp [1];
|
||||
imp += 2;
|
||||
l += pt1 * i [2];
|
||||
|
||||
i += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
remain--;
|
||||
|
||||
l >>= 15;
|
||||
|
||||
in += (skip * stereo) & stereo;
|
||||
skip >>= 1;
|
||||
in += local_step;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !remain )
|
||||
{
|
||||
imp = impulses [0];
|
||||
skip = skip_bits;
|
||||
remain = res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*out = (sample_t) l;
|
||||
out ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ( in <= end_pos );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
imp_phase = res - remain;
|
||||
|
||||
int left = write_pos - in;
|
||||
write_pos = &buf [left];
|
||||
memmove( buf.begin(), in, left * sizeof *in );
|
||||
|
||||
return out - out_begin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Sets up common environment for Shay Green's libraries.
|
||||
// To change configuration options, modify blargg_config.h, not this file.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_COMMON_H
|
||||
#define BLARGG_COMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#undef BLARGG_COMMON_H
|
||||
// allow blargg_config.h to #include blargg_common.h
|
||||
#include "blargg_config.h"
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_COMMON_H
|
||||
#define BLARGG_COMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
// STATIC_CAST(T,expr): Used in place of static_cast<T> (expr)
|
||||
#ifndef STATIC_CAST
|
||||
#define STATIC_CAST(T,expr) ((T) (expr))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// blargg_err_t (0 on success, otherwise error string)
|
||||
#ifndef blargg_err_t
|
||||
typedef const char* blargg_err_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// blargg_vector - very lightweight vector of POD types (no constructor/destructor)
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class blargg_vector {
|
||||
T* begin_;
|
||||
size_t size_;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
blargg_vector() : begin_( 0 ), size_( 0 ) { }
|
||||
~blargg_vector() { free( begin_ ); }
|
||||
size_t size() const { return size_; }
|
||||
T* begin() const { return begin_; }
|
||||
T* end() const { return begin_ + size_; }
|
||||
blargg_err_t resize( size_t n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* p = realloc( begin_, n * sizeof (T) );
|
||||
if ( !p && n )
|
||||
return "Out of memory";
|
||||
begin_ = (T*) p;
|
||||
size_ = n;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void clear() { void* p = begin_; begin_ = 0; size_ = 0; free( p ); }
|
||||
T& operator [] ( size_t n ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert( n <= size_ ); // <= to allow past-the-end value
|
||||
return begin_ [n];
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_DISABLE_NOTHROW
|
||||
#if __cplusplus < 199711
|
||||
#define BLARGG_THROWS( spec )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLARGG_THROWS( spec ) throw spec
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define BLARGG_DISABLE_NOTHROW \
|
||||
void* operator new ( size_t s ) BLARGG_THROWS(()) { return malloc( s ); }\
|
||||
void operator delete ( void* p ) { free( p ); }
|
||||
#define BLARGG_NEW new
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
#define BLARGG_NEW new (std::nothrow)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define BLARGG_4CHAR( a, b, c, d ) \
|
||||
((a&0xFF)*0x1000000L + (b&0xFF)*0x10000L + (c&0xFF)*0x100L + (d&0xFF))
|
||||
|
||||
// BOOST_STATIC_ASSERT( expr ): Generates compile error if expr is 0.
|
||||
#ifndef BOOST_STATIC_ASSERT
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
// MSVC6 (_MSC_VER < 1300) fails for use of __LINE__ when /Zl is specified
|
||||
#define BOOST_STATIC_ASSERT( expr ) \
|
||||
void blargg_failed_( int (*arg) [2 / (int) !!(expr) - 1] )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Some other compilers fail when declaring same function multiple times in class,
|
||||
// so differentiate them by line
|
||||
#define BOOST_STATIC_ASSERT( expr ) \
|
||||
void blargg_failed_( int (*arg) [2 / !!(expr) - 1] [__LINE__] )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL: If 0, provides bool support for old compiler. If 1,
|
||||
// compiler is assumed to support bool. If undefined, availability is determined.
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL
|
||||
#if defined (__MWERKS__)
|
||||
#if !__option(bool)
|
||||
#define BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#elif defined (_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#if _MSC_VER < 1100
|
||||
#define BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
|
||||
// supports bool
|
||||
#elif __cplusplus < 199711
|
||||
#define BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined (BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL) && !BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL
|
||||
// If you get errors here, modify your blargg_config.h file
|
||||
typedef int bool;
|
||||
const bool true = 1;
|
||||
const bool false = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// blargg_long/blargg_ulong = at least 32 bits, int if it's big enough
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if INT_MAX >= 0x7FFFFFFF
|
||||
typedef int blargg_long;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef long blargg_long;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX >= 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
typedef unsigned blargg_ulong;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef unsigned long blargg_ulong;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// BOOST::int8_t etc.
|
||||
|
||||
// HAVE_STDINT_H: If defined, use <stdint.h> for int8_t etc.
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_STDINT_H)
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#define BOOST
|
||||
|
||||
// HAVE_INTTYPES_H: If defined, use <stdint.h> for int8_t etc.
|
||||
#elif defined (HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#define BOOST
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
struct BOOST
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if UCHAR_MAX == 0xFF && SCHAR_MAX == 0x7F
|
||||
typedef signed char int8_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No suitable 8-bit type available
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h int8_t;
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h uint8_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USHRT_MAX == 0xFFFF
|
||||
typedef short int16_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No suitable 16-bit type available
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h int16_t;
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h uint16_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
typedef long int32_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
|
||||
#elif UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
typedef int int32_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No suitable 32-bit type available
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h int32_t;
|
||||
typedef struct see_blargg_common_h uint32_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Library configuration. Modify this file as necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#define BLARGG_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to use zlib for transparent decompression of gzipped files
|
||||
//#define HAVE_ZLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to support only the listed game music types. See gme_type_list.cpp
|
||||
// for a list of all types.
|
||||
//#define GME_TYPE_LIST gme_nsf_type, gme_gbs_type
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable platform-specific optimizations
|
||||
//#define BLARGG_NONPORTABLE 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to use faster, lower quality sound synthesis
|
||||
//#define BLIP_BUFFER_FAST 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment if automatic byte-order determination doesn't work
|
||||
//#define BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment if you get errors in the bool section of blargg_common.h
|
||||
//#define BLARGG_COMPILER_HAS_BOOL 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Use standard config.h if present
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// CPU Byte Order Utilities
|
||||
|
||||
// Game_Music_Emu 0.5.2
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define BLARGG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
#include "blargg_common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// BLARGG_CPU_CISC: Defined if CPU has very few general-purpose registers (< 16)
|
||||
#if defined (_M_IX86) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined (__i486__) || \
|
||||
defined (__x86_64__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__i386__)
|
||||
#define BLARGG_CPU_X86 1
|
||||
#define BLARGG_CPU_CISC 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (__powerpc__) || defined (__ppc__) || defined (__POWERPC__) || defined (__powerc)
|
||||
#define BLARGG_CPU_POWERPC 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN, BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN: Determined automatically, otherwise only
|
||||
// one may be #defined to 1. Only needed if something actually depends on byte order.
|
||||
#if !defined (BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined (BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
#ifdef __GLIBC__
|
||||
// GCC handles this for us
|
||||
#include <endian.h>
|
||||
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (LSB_FIRST) || defined (__LITTLE_ENDIAN__) || BLARGG_CPU_X86 || \
|
||||
(defined (LITTLE_ENDIAN) && LITTLE_ENDIAN+0 != 1234)
|
||||
#define BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (MSB_FIRST) || defined (__BIG_ENDIAN__) || defined (WORDS_BIGENDIAN) || \
|
||||
defined (__mips__) || defined (__sparc__) || BLARGG_CPU_POWERPC || \
|
||||
(defined (BIG_ENDIAN) && BIG_ENDIAN+0 != 4321)
|
||||
#define BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No endian specified; assume little-endian, since it's most common
|
||||
#define BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN && BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#undef BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
#undef BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
inline void blargg_verify_byte_order()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
||||
#if BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
volatile int i = 1;
|
||||
assert( *(volatile char*) &i == 0 );
|
||||
#elif BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
volatile int i = 1;
|
||||
assert( *(volatile char*) &i != 0 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned get_le16( void const* p ) {
|
||||
return ((unsigned char const*) p) [1] * 0x100u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline unsigned get_be16( void const* p ) {
|
||||
return ((unsigned char const*) p) [0] * 0x100u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline blargg_ulong get_le32( void const* p ) {
|
||||
return ((unsigned char const*) p) [3] * 0x01000000u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [2] * 0x00010000u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [1] * 0x00000100u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline blargg_ulong get_be32( void const* p ) {
|
||||
return ((unsigned char const*) p) [0] * 0x01000000u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [1] * 0x00010000u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [2] * 0x00000100u +
|
||||
((unsigned char const*) p) [3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline void set_le16( void* p, unsigned n ) {
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [1] = (unsigned char) (n >> 8);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [0] = (unsigned char) n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline void set_be16( void* p, unsigned n ) {
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [0] = (unsigned char) (n >> 8);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [1] = (unsigned char) n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline void set_le32( void* p, blargg_ulong n ) {
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [3] = (unsigned char) (n >> 24);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [2] = (unsigned char) (n >> 16);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [1] = (unsigned char) (n >> 8);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [0] = (unsigned char) n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline void set_be32( void* p, blargg_ulong n ) {
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [0] = (unsigned char) (n >> 24);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [1] = (unsigned char) (n >> 16);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [2] = (unsigned char) (n >> 8);
|
||||
((unsigned char*) p) [3] = (unsigned char) n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if BLARGG_NONPORTABLE
|
||||
// Optimized implementation if byte order is known
|
||||
#if BLARGG_LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define GET_LE16( addr ) (*(BOOST::uint16_t*) (addr))
|
||||
#define GET_LE32( addr ) (*(BOOST::uint32_t*) (addr))
|
||||
#define SET_LE16( addr, data ) (void) (*(BOOST::uint16_t*) (addr) = (data))
|
||||
#define SET_LE32( addr, data ) (void) (*(BOOST::uint32_t*) (addr) = (data))
|
||||
#elif BLARGG_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define GET_BE16( addr ) (*(BOOST::uint16_t*) (addr))
|
||||
#define GET_BE32( addr ) (*(BOOST::uint32_t*) (addr))
|
||||
#define SET_BE16( addr, data ) (void) (*(BOOST::uint16_t*) (addr) = (data))
|
||||
#define SET_BE32( addr, data ) (void) (*(BOOST::uint32_t*) (addr) = (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if BLARGG_CPU_POWERPC && defined (__MWERKS__)
|
||||
// PowerPC has special byte-reversed instructions
|
||||
// to do: assumes that PowerPC is running in big-endian mode
|
||||
// to do: implement for other compilers which don't support these macros
|
||||
#define GET_LE16( addr ) (__lhbrx( (addr), 0 ))
|
||||
#define GET_LE32( addr ) (__lwbrx( (addr), 0 ))
|
||||
#define SET_LE16( addr, data ) (__sthbrx( (data), (addr), 0 ))
|
||||
#define SET_LE32( addr, data ) (__stwbrx( (data), (addr), 0 ))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GET_LE16
|
||||
#define GET_LE16( addr ) get_le16( addr )
|
||||
#define GET_LE32( addr ) get_le32( addr )
|
||||
#define SET_LE16( addr, data ) set_le16( addr, data )
|
||||
#define SET_LE32( addr, data ) set_le32( addr, data )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GET_BE16
|
||||
#define GET_BE16( addr ) get_be16( addr )
|
||||
#define GET_BE32( addr ) get_be32( addr )
|
||||
#define SET_BE16( addr, data ) set_be16( addr, data )
|
||||
#define SET_BE32( addr, data ) set_be32( addr, data )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// auto-selecting versions
|
||||
|
||||
inline void set_le( BOOST::uint16_t* p, unsigned n ) { SET_LE16( p, n ); }
|
||||
inline void set_le( BOOST::uint32_t* p, blargg_ulong n ) { SET_LE32( p, n ); }
|
||||
inline void set_be( BOOST::uint16_t* p, unsigned n ) { SET_BE16( p, n ); }
|
||||
inline void set_be( BOOST::uint32_t* p, blargg_ulong n ) { SET_BE32( p, n ); }
|
||||
inline unsigned get_le( BOOST::uint16_t* p ) { return GET_LE16( p ); }
|
||||
inline blargg_ulong get_le( BOOST::uint32_t* p ) { return GET_LE32( p ); }
|
||||
inline unsigned get_be( BOOST::uint16_t* p ) { return GET_BE16( p ); }
|
||||
inline blargg_ulong get_be( BOOST::uint32_t* p ) { return GET_BE32( p ); }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Included at the beginning of library source files, after all other #include lines
|
||||
#ifndef BLARGG_SOURCE_H
|
||||
#define BLARGG_SOURCE_H
|
||||
|
||||
// If debugging is enabled, abort program if expr is false. Meant for checking
|
||||
// internal state and consistency. A failed assertion indicates a bug in the module.
|
||||
// void assert( bool expr );
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// If debugging is enabled and expr is false, abort program. Meant for checking
|
||||
// caller-supplied parameters and operations that are outside the control of the
|
||||
// module. A failed requirement indicates a bug outside the module.
|
||||
// void require( bool expr );
|
||||
#undef require
|
||||
#define require( expr ) assert( expr )
|
||||
|
||||
// Like printf() except output goes to debug log file. Might be defined to do
|
||||
// nothing (not even evaluate its arguments).
|
||||
// void dprintf( const char* format, ... );
|
||||
inline void blargg_dprintf_( const char*, ... ) { }
|
||||
#undef dprintf
|
||||
#define dprintf (1) ? (void) 0 : blargg_dprintf_
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, evaluate expr and if false, make debug log entry with source file
|
||||
// and line. Meant for finding situations that should be examined further, but that
|
||||
// don't indicate a problem. In all cases, execution continues normally.
|
||||
#undef check
|
||||
#define check( expr ) ((void) 0)
|
||||
|
||||
// If expr yields error string, return it from current function, otherwise continue.
|
||||
#undef RETURN_ERR
|
||||
#define RETURN_ERR( expr ) do { \
|
||||
blargg_err_t blargg_return_err_ = (expr); \
|
||||
if ( blargg_return_err_ ) return blargg_return_err_; \
|
||||
} while ( 0 )
|
||||
|
||||
// If ptr is 0, return out of memory error string.
|
||||
#undef CHECK_ALLOC
|
||||
#define CHECK_ALLOC( ptr ) do { if ( (ptr) == 0 ) return "Out of memory"; } while ( 0 )
|
||||
|
||||
// Avoid any macros which evaluate their arguments multiple times
|
||||
#undef min
|
||||
#undef max
|
||||
|
||||
// using const references generates crappy code, and I am currenly only using these
|
||||
// for built-in types, so they take arguments by value
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
inline T min( T x, T y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( x < y )
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
return y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
inline T max( T x, T y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( x < y )
|
||||
return y;
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: good idea? bad idea?
|
||||
#undef byte
|
||||
#define byte byte_
|
||||
typedef unsigned char byte;
|
||||
|
||||
// deprecated
|
||||
#define BLARGG_CHECK_ALLOC CHECK_ALLOC
|
||||
#define BLARGG_RETURN_ERR RETURN_ERR
|
||||
|
||||
// BLARGG_SOURCE_BEGIN: If defined, #included, allowing redefition of dprintf and check
|
||||
#ifdef BLARGG_SOURCE_BEGIN
|
||||
#include BLARGG_SOURCE_BEGIN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,498 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Band-limited sound synthesis buffer
|
||||
// Various changes and hacks for use in Mednafen.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define blip_inline inline __attribute__((always_inline))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define blip_inline inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Blip_Buffer 0.4.1
|
||||
#ifndef BLIP_BUFFER_H
|
||||
#define BLIP_BUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal
|
||||
typedef int32_t blip_long;
|
||||
typedef uint32_t blip_ulong;
|
||||
typedef int64_t blip_s64;
|
||||
typedef uint64_t blip_u64;
|
||||
|
||||
// Time unit at source clock rate
|
||||
typedef blip_long blip_time_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Output samples are 16-bit signed, with a range of -32768 to 32767
|
||||
typedef short blip_sample_t;
|
||||
enum { blip_sample_max = 32767 };
|
||||
|
||||
class Blip_Buffer {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef const char* blargg_err_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set output sample rate and buffer length in milliseconds (1/1000 sec, defaults
|
||||
// to 1/4 second), then clear buffer. Returns NULL on success, otherwise if there
|
||||
// isn't enough memory, returns error without affecting current buffer setup.
|
||||
blargg_err_t set_sample_rate( long samples_per_sec, int msec_length = 1000 / 4 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set number of source time units per second
|
||||
void clock_rate( long );
|
||||
|
||||
// End current time frame of specified duration and make its samples available
|
||||
// (along with any still-unread samples) for reading with read_samples(). Begins
|
||||
// a new time frame at the end of the current frame.
|
||||
void end_frame( blip_time_t time );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read at most 'max_samples' out of buffer into 'dest', removing them from from
|
||||
// the buffer. Returns number of samples actually read and removed. If stereo is
|
||||
// true, increments 'dest' one extra time after writing each sample, to allow
|
||||
// easy interleving of two channels into a stereo output buffer.
|
||||
long read_samples( blip_sample_t* dest, long max_samples, int stereo = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Additional optional features
|
||||
|
||||
// Current output sample rate
|
||||
long sample_rate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Length of buffer, in milliseconds
|
||||
int length() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of source time units per second
|
||||
long clock_rate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set frequency high-pass filter frequency, where higher values reduce bass more
|
||||
void bass_freq( int frequency );
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of samples delay from synthesis to samples read out
|
||||
int output_latency() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove all available samples and clear buffer to silence. If 'entire_buffer' is
|
||||
// false, just clears out any samples waiting rather than the entire buffer.
|
||||
void clear( int entire_buffer = 1 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of samples available for reading with read_samples()
|
||||
long samples_avail() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove 'count' samples from those waiting to be read
|
||||
void remove_samples( long count );
|
||||
|
||||
// Experimental features
|
||||
|
||||
// Count number of clocks needed until 'count' samples will be available.
|
||||
// If buffer can't even hold 'count' samples, returns number of clocks until
|
||||
// buffer becomes full.
|
||||
blip_time_t count_clocks( long count ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of raw samples that can be mixed within frame of specified duration.
|
||||
long count_samples( blip_time_t duration ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mix 'count' samples from 'buf' into buffer.
|
||||
void mix_samples( blip_sample_t const* buf, long count );
|
||||
|
||||
// not documented yet
|
||||
void set_modified() { modified_ = 1; }
|
||||
int clear_modified() { int b = modified_; modified_ = 0; return b; }
|
||||
typedef blip_u64 blip_resampled_time_t;
|
||||
void remove_silence( long count );
|
||||
blip_resampled_time_t resampled_duration( int t ) const { return t * factor_; }
|
||||
blip_resampled_time_t resampled_time( blip_time_t t ) const { return t * factor_ + offset_; }
|
||||
blip_resampled_time_t clock_rate_factor( long clock_rate ) const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Blip_Buffer();
|
||||
~Blip_Buffer();
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecated
|
||||
typedef blip_resampled_time_t resampled_time_t;
|
||||
blargg_err_t sample_rate( long r ) { return set_sample_rate( r ); }
|
||||
blargg_err_t sample_rate( long r, int msec ) { return set_sample_rate( r, msec ); }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// noncopyable
|
||||
Blip_Buffer( const Blip_Buffer& );
|
||||
Blip_Buffer& operator = ( const Blip_Buffer& );
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef blip_time_t buf_t_;
|
||||
blip_u64 factor_;
|
||||
blip_resampled_time_t offset_;
|
||||
buf_t_* buffer_;
|
||||
blip_long buffer_size_;
|
||||
blip_long reader_accum_;
|
||||
int bass_shift_;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
long sample_rate_;
|
||||
long clock_rate_;
|
||||
int bass_freq_;
|
||||
int length_;
|
||||
int modified_;
|
||||
friend class Blip_Reader;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY 32
|
||||
#define BLIP_PHASE_BITS 8
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of bits in resample ratio fraction. Higher values give a more accurate ratio
|
||||
// but reduce maximum buffer size.
|
||||
//#ifndef BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY
|
||||
// #define BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY 16
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Number bits in phase offset. Fewer than 6 bits (64 phase offsets) results in
|
||||
// noticeable broadband noise when synthesizing high frequency square waves.
|
||||
// Affects size of Blip_Synth objects since they store the waveform directly.
|
||||
//#ifndef BLIP_PHASE_BITS
|
||||
// #if BLIP_BUFFER_FAST
|
||||
// #define BLIP_PHASE_BITS 8
|
||||
// #else
|
||||
// #define BLIP_PHASE_BITS 6
|
||||
// #endif
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal
|
||||
typedef blip_u64 blip_resampled_time_t;
|
||||
int const blip_widest_impulse_ = 16;
|
||||
int const blip_buffer_extra_ = blip_widest_impulse_ + 2;
|
||||
int const blip_res = 1 << BLIP_PHASE_BITS;
|
||||
class blip_eq_t;
|
||||
|
||||
class Blip_Synth_Fast_ {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* buf;
|
||||
int last_amp;
|
||||
int delta_factor;
|
||||
|
||||
void volume_unit( double );
|
||||
Blip_Synth_Fast_();
|
||||
void treble_eq( blip_eq_t const& ) { }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class Blip_Synth_ {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* buf;
|
||||
int last_amp;
|
||||
int delta_factor;
|
||||
|
||||
void volume_unit( double );
|
||||
Blip_Synth_( short* impulses, int width );
|
||||
void treble_eq( blip_eq_t const& );
|
||||
private:
|
||||
double volume_unit_;
|
||||
short* const impulses;
|
||||
int const width;
|
||||
blip_long kernel_unit;
|
||||
int impulses_size() const { return blip_res / 2 * width + 1; }
|
||||
void adjust_impulse();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Quality level. Start with blip_good_quality.
|
||||
const int blip_med_quality = 8;
|
||||
const int blip_good_quality = 12;
|
||||
const int blip_high_quality = 16;
|
||||
|
||||
// Range specifies the greatest expected change in amplitude. Calculate it
|
||||
// by finding the difference between the maximum and minimum expected
|
||||
// amplitudes (max - min).
|
||||
template<int quality,int range>
|
||||
class Blip_Synth {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Set overall volume of waveform
|
||||
void volume( double v ) { impl.volume_unit( v * (1.0 / (range < 0 ? -range : range)) ); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure low-pass filter (see blip_buffer.txt)
|
||||
void treble_eq( blip_eq_t const& eq ) { impl.treble_eq( eq ); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Get/set Blip_Buffer used for output
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* output() const { return impl.buf; }
|
||||
void output( Blip_Buffer* b ) { impl.buf = b; impl.last_amp = 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Update amplitude of waveform at given time. Using this requires a separate
|
||||
// Blip_Synth for each waveform.
|
||||
void update( blip_time_t time, int amplitude );
|
||||
|
||||
// Low-level interface
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an amplitude transition of specified delta, optionally into specified buffer
|
||||
// rather than the one set with output(). Delta can be positive or negative.
|
||||
// The actual change in amplitude is delta * (volume / range)
|
||||
void offset( blip_time_t, int delta, Blip_Buffer* ) const;
|
||||
void offset( blip_time_t t, int delta ) const { offset( t, delta, impl.buf ); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Works directly in terms of fractional output samples. Contact author for more info.
|
||||
void offset_resampled( blip_resampled_time_t, int delta, Blip_Buffer* ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Same as offset(), except code is inlined for higher performance
|
||||
void offset_inline( blip_time_t t, int delta, Blip_Buffer* buf ) const {
|
||||
offset_resampled( t * buf->factor_ + buf->offset_, delta, buf );
|
||||
}
|
||||
void offset_inline( blip_time_t t, int delta ) const {
|
||||
offset_resampled( t * impl.buf->factor_ + impl.buf->offset_, delta, impl.buf );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
#if BLIP_BUFFER_FAST
|
||||
Blip_Synth_Fast_ impl;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Blip_Synth_ impl;
|
||||
typedef short imp_t;
|
||||
imp_t impulses [blip_res * (quality / 2) + 1];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Blip_Synth() : impl( impulses, quality ) { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Low-pass equalization parameters
|
||||
class blip_eq_t {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Logarithmic rolloff to treble dB at half sampling rate. Negative values reduce
|
||||
// treble, small positive values (0 to 5.0) increase treble.
|
||||
blip_eq_t( double treble_db = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
// See blip_buffer.txt
|
||||
blip_eq_t( double treble, long rolloff_freq, long sample_rate, long cutoff_freq = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
double treble;
|
||||
long rolloff_freq;
|
||||
long sample_rate;
|
||||
long cutoff_freq;
|
||||
void generate( float* out, int count ) const;
|
||||
friend class Blip_Synth_;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int const blip_sample_bits = 30;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy Blip_Buffer to direct sound output to, for easy muting without
|
||||
// having to stop sound code.
|
||||
class Silent_Blip_Buffer : public Blip_Buffer {
|
||||
buf_t_ buf [blip_buffer_extra_ + 1];
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The following cannot be used (an assertion will fail if attempted):
|
||||
blargg_err_t set_sample_rate( long samples_per_sec, int msec_length );
|
||||
blip_time_t count_clocks( long count ) const;
|
||||
void mix_samples( blip_sample_t const* buf, long count );
|
||||
|
||||
Silent_Blip_Buffer();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (__GNUC__) || _MSC_VER >= 1100
|
||||
#define BLIP_RESTRICT __restrict
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLIP_RESTRICT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimized reading from Blip_Buffer, for use in custom sample output
|
||||
|
||||
// Begin reading from buffer. Name should be unique to the current block.
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_BEGIN( name, blip_buffer ) \
|
||||
const Blip_Buffer::buf_t_* BLIP_RESTRICT name##_reader_buf = (blip_buffer).buffer_;\
|
||||
blip_long name##_reader_accum = (blip_buffer).reader_accum_
|
||||
|
||||
// Get value to pass to BLIP_READER_NEXT()
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_BASS( blip_buffer ) ((blip_buffer).bass_shift_)
|
||||
|
||||
// Constant value to use instead of BLIP_READER_BASS(), for slightly more optimal
|
||||
// code at the cost of having no bass control
|
||||
int const blip_reader_default_bass = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
// Current sample
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_READ( name ) (name##_reader_accum >> (blip_sample_bits - 16))
|
||||
|
||||
// Current raw sample in full internal resolution
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_READ_RAW( name ) (name##_reader_accum)
|
||||
|
||||
// Advance to next sample
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_NEXT( name, bass ) \
|
||||
(void) (name##_reader_accum += *name##_reader_buf++ - (name##_reader_accum >> (bass)))
|
||||
|
||||
// End reading samples from buffer. The number of samples read must now be removed
|
||||
// using Blip_Buffer::remove_samples().
|
||||
#define BLIP_READER_END( name, blip_buffer ) \
|
||||
(void) ((blip_buffer).reader_accum_ = name##_reader_accum)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Compatibility with older version
|
||||
const long blip_unscaled = 65535;
|
||||
const int blip_low_quality = blip_med_quality;
|
||||
const int blip_best_quality = blip_high_quality;
|
||||
|
||||
// Deprecated; use BLIP_READER macros as follows:
|
||||
// Blip_Reader r; r.begin( buf ); -> BLIP_READER_BEGIN( r, buf );
|
||||
// int bass = r.begin( buf ) -> BLIP_READER_BEGIN( r, buf ); int bass = BLIP_READER_BASS( buf );
|
||||
// r.read() -> BLIP_READER_READ( r )
|
||||
// r.read_raw() -> BLIP_READER_READ_RAW( r )
|
||||
// r.next( bass ) -> BLIP_READER_NEXT( r, bass )
|
||||
// r.next() -> BLIP_READER_NEXT( r, blip_reader_default_bass )
|
||||
// r.end( buf ) -> BLIP_READER_END( r, buf )
|
||||
class Blip_Reader {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int begin( Blip_Buffer& );
|
||||
blip_long read() const { return accum >> (blip_sample_bits - 16); }
|
||||
blip_long read_raw() const { return accum; }
|
||||
void next( int bass_shift = 9 ) { accum += *buf++ - (accum >> bass_shift); }
|
||||
void end( Blip_Buffer& b ) { b.reader_accum_ = accum; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
const Blip_Buffer::buf_t_* buf;
|
||||
blip_long accum;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// End of public interface
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
template<int quality,int range>
|
||||
blip_inline void Blip_Synth<quality,range>::offset_resampled( blip_resampled_time_t time,
|
||||
int delta, Blip_Buffer* blip_buf ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Fails if time is beyond end of Blip_Buffer, due to a bug in caller code or the
|
||||
// need for a longer buffer as set by set_sample_rate().
|
||||
assert( (blip_long) (time >> BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY) < blip_buf->buffer_size_ );
|
||||
delta *= impl.delta_factor;
|
||||
blip_long* BLIP_RESTRICT buf = blip_buf->buffer_ + (time >> BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY);
|
||||
int phase = (int) (time >> (BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY - BLIP_PHASE_BITS) & (blip_res - 1));
|
||||
|
||||
#if BLIP_BUFFER_FAST
|
||||
blip_long left = buf [0] + delta;
|
||||
|
||||
// Kind of crappy, but doing shift after multiply results in overflow.
|
||||
// Alternate way of delaying multiply by delta_factor results in worse
|
||||
// sub-sample resolution.
|
||||
blip_long right = (delta >> BLIP_PHASE_BITS) * phase;
|
||||
left -= right;
|
||||
right += buf [1];
|
||||
|
||||
buf [0] = left;
|
||||
buf [1] = right;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
int const fwd = (blip_widest_impulse_ - quality) / 2;
|
||||
int const rev = fwd + quality - 2;
|
||||
int const mid = quality / 2 - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
imp_t const* BLIP_RESTRICT imp = impulses + blip_res - phase;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (_M_IX86) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined (__i486__) || \
|
||||
defined (__x86_64__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__i386__)
|
||||
|
||||
// straight forward implementation resulted in better code on GCC for x86
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADD_IMP( out, in ) \
|
||||
buf [out] += (blip_long) imp [blip_res * (in)] * delta
|
||||
|
||||
#define BLIP_FWD( i ) {\
|
||||
ADD_IMP( fwd + i, i );\
|
||||
ADD_IMP( fwd + 1 + i, i + 1 );\
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define BLIP_REV( r ) {\
|
||||
ADD_IMP( rev - r, r + 1 );\
|
||||
ADD_IMP( rev + 1 - r, r );\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BLIP_FWD( 0 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 8 ) BLIP_FWD( 2 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 12 ) BLIP_FWD( 4 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADD_IMP( fwd + mid - 1, mid - 1 );
|
||||
ADD_IMP( fwd + mid , mid );
|
||||
imp = impulses + phase;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( quality > 12 ) BLIP_REV( 6 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 8 ) BLIP_REV( 4 )
|
||||
BLIP_REV( 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
ADD_IMP( rev , 1 );
|
||||
ADD_IMP( rev + 1, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// for RISC processors, help compiler by reading ahead of writes
|
||||
|
||||
#define BLIP_FWD( i ) {\
|
||||
blip_long t0 = i0 * delta + buf [fwd + i];\
|
||||
blip_long t1 = imp [blip_res * (i + 1)] * delta + buf [fwd + 1 + i];\
|
||||
i0 = imp [blip_res * (i + 2)];\
|
||||
buf [fwd + i] = t0;\
|
||||
buf [fwd + 1 + i] = t1;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define BLIP_REV( r ) {\
|
||||
blip_long t0 = i0 * delta + buf [rev - r];\
|
||||
blip_long t1 = imp [blip_res * r] * delta + buf [rev + 1 - r];\
|
||||
i0 = imp [blip_res * (r - 1)];\
|
||||
buf [rev - r] = t0;\
|
||||
buf [rev + 1 - r] = t1;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
blip_long i0 = *imp;
|
||||
BLIP_FWD( 0 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 8 ) BLIP_FWD( 2 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 12 ) BLIP_FWD( 4 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
blip_long t0 = i0 * delta + buf [fwd + mid - 1];
|
||||
blip_long t1 = imp [blip_res * mid] * delta + buf [fwd + mid ];
|
||||
imp = impulses + phase;
|
||||
i0 = imp [blip_res * mid];
|
||||
buf [fwd + mid - 1] = t0;
|
||||
buf [fwd + mid ] = t1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( quality > 12 ) BLIP_REV( 6 )
|
||||
if ( quality > 8 ) BLIP_REV( 4 )
|
||||
BLIP_REV( 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
blip_long t0 = i0 * delta + buf [rev ];
|
||||
blip_long t1 = *imp * delta + buf [rev + 1];
|
||||
buf [rev ] = t0;
|
||||
buf [rev + 1] = t1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef BLIP_FWD
|
||||
#undef BLIP_REV
|
||||
|
||||
template<int quality,int range>
|
||||
#if BLIP_BUFFER_FAST
|
||||
blip_inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void Blip_Synth<quality,range>::offset( blip_time_t t, int delta, Blip_Buffer* buf ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
offset_resampled( t * buf->factor_ + buf->offset_, delta, buf );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<int quality,int range>
|
||||
#if BLIP_BUFFER_FAST
|
||||
blip_inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void Blip_Synth<quality,range>::update( blip_time_t t, int amp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int delta = amp - impl.last_amp;
|
||||
impl.last_amp = amp;
|
||||
offset_resampled( t * impl.buf->factor_ + impl.buf->offset_, delta, impl.buf );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
blip_inline blip_eq_t::blip_eq_t( double t ) :
|
||||
treble( t ), rolloff_freq( 0 ), sample_rate( 44100 ), cutoff_freq( 0 ) { }
|
||||
blip_inline blip_eq_t::blip_eq_t( double t, long rf, long sr, long cf ) :
|
||||
treble( t ), rolloff_freq( rf ), sample_rate( sr ), cutoff_freq( cf ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
blip_inline int Blip_Buffer::length() const { return length_; }
|
||||
blip_inline long Blip_Buffer::samples_avail() const { return (long) (offset_ >> BLIP_BUFFER_ACCURACY); }
|
||||
blip_inline long Blip_Buffer::sample_rate() const { return sample_rate_; }
|
||||
blip_inline int Blip_Buffer::output_latency() const { return blip_widest_impulse_ / 2; }
|
||||
blip_inline long Blip_Buffer::clock_rate() const { return clock_rate_; }
|
||||
blip_inline void Blip_Buffer::clock_rate( long cps ) { factor_ = clock_rate_factor( clock_rate_ = cps ); }
|
||||
|
||||
blip_inline int Blip_Reader::begin( Blip_Buffer& blip_buf )
|
||||
{
|
||||
buf = blip_buf.buffer_;
|
||||
accum = blip_buf.reader_accum_;
|
||||
return blip_buf.bass_shift_;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int const blip_max_length = 0;
|
||||
int const blip_default_length = 250;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
// Simple stereo Blip_Buffer for sound emulators whose oscillators output
|
||||
// either on the left only, center, or right only.
|
||||
|
||||
// Blip_Buffer 0.3.0. Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Shay Green. GNU GPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STEREO_BUFFER_H
|
||||
#define STEREO_BUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Blip_Buffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class Stereo_Buffer {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Stereo_Buffer();
|
||||
~Stereo_Buffer();
|
||||
|
||||
// Same as in Blip_Buffer (see Blip_Buffer.h)
|
||||
bool set_sample_rate( long, int msec = 0 );
|
||||
void clock_rate( long );
|
||||
void bass_freq( int );
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Buffers to output synthesis to
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* left();
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* center();
|
||||
Blip_Buffer* right();
|
||||
|
||||
// Same as in Blip_Buffer. For more efficient operation, pass false
|
||||
// for was_stereo if the left and right buffers had nothing added
|
||||
// to them for this frame.
|
||||
void end_frame( blip_time_t, bool was_stereo = true );
|
||||
|
||||
// Output is stereo with channels interleved, left before right. Counts
|
||||
// are in samples, *not* pairs.
|
||||
long samples_avail() const;
|
||||
long read_samples( blip_sample_t*, long );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// noncopyable
|
||||
Stereo_Buffer( const Stereo_Buffer& );
|
||||
Stereo_Buffer& operator = ( const Stereo_Buffer& );
|
||||
|
||||
enum { buf_count = 3 };
|
||||
Blip_Buffer bufs [buf_count];
|
||||
bool stereo_added;
|
||||
bool was_stereo;
|
||||
|
||||
void mix_stereo( blip_sample_t*, long );
|
||||
void mix_mono( blip_sample_t*, long );
|
||||
void mix_stereo( float*, long );
|
||||
void mix_mono( float*, long );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline Blip_Buffer* Stereo_Buffer::left() {
|
||||
return &bufs [1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Blip_Buffer* Stereo_Buffer::center() {
|
||||
return &bufs [0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Blip_Buffer* Stereo_Buffer::right() {
|
||||
return &bufs [2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline long Stereo_Buffer::samples_avail() const {
|
||||
return bufs [0].samples_avail();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,730 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* include/config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
|
||||
#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling for PPC architectures. */
|
||||
#undef ARCH_POWERPC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with AltiVec usage. */
|
||||
#undef ARCH_POWERPC_ALTIVEC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling for 32-bit or 64-bit x86 architectures. */
|
||||
#undef ARCH_X86
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling for 32-bit x86 architectures. */
|
||||
#undef ARCH_X86_32
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling for 64-bit x86 architectures. */
|
||||
#undef ARCH_X86_64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
|
||||
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
|
||||
language is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `accept' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ACCEPT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with ALSA support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALSA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if altivec.h is present and usable. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALTIVEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we should include from OpenGL instead of GL */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_APPLE_OPENGL_FRAMEWORK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_count' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_next' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_stringify' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bind' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BIND
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the compiler understands __builtin_expect. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
|
||||
CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
|
||||
the CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `close' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CLOSE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `connect' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CONNECT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
|
||||
don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
|
||||
you don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
|
||||
don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
|
||||
don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snwprintf', and to 0 if you
|
||||
don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with DirectSound support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DIRECTSOUND
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fcntl' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FCNTL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fopen64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FOPEN64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `freeaddrinfo' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FREEADDRINFO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FSEEKO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fseeko64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FSEEKO64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstat64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FSTAT64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FTELLO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello64' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FTELLO64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fwprintf' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FWPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gai_strerror' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GAI_STRERROR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getaddrinfo' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getenv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETGID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyaddr' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwuid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPWUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getsockopt' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETSOCKOPT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTMAX_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
|
||||
declares uintmax_t. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with JACK support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_JACK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `asound' library (-lasound). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBASOUND
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with libcdio support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBCDIO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with libsndfile support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBSNDFILE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `z' library (-lz). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBZ
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with Linux joystick support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LINUX_JOYSTICK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `listen' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LISTEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `madvise' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MADVISE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcmp' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMCMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMSET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdir' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MKDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanosleep' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NANOSLEEP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `newlocale' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NEWLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with OSS support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_OSSDSP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with POSIX sockets support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_POSIX_SOCKETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `recv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_RECV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with SDL sound support. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SDL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SELECT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `send' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SEND
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsockopt' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETSOCKOPT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `signal' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SIGNAL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SOCKET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
|
||||
uintmax_t. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `uselocale' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_USELOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_USLEEP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility
|
||||
declarations. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VISIBILITY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcrtomb' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WCRTOMB
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WCSLEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsnlen' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WCSNLEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if O_NOATIME works. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if O_NOFOLLOW works. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `_mkdir' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE__MKDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
|
||||
#undef ICONV_CONST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
|
||||
#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define on little-endian platforms. */
|
||||
#undef LSB_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef LT_OBJDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mednafen version definition. */
|
||||
#undef MEDNAFEN_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mednafen version numeric. */
|
||||
#undef MEDNAFEN_VERSION_NUMERIC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if config.h is present */
|
||||
#undef MINILZO_HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if mkdir takes only one argument. */
|
||||
#undef MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to use fixed-point MPC decoder. */
|
||||
#undef MPC_FIXED_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define on big-endian platforms. */
|
||||
#undef MSB_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
|
||||
#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of package */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_URL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
|
||||
#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the filesystem path-separator type. */
|
||||
#undef PSS_STYLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard. */
|
||||
#undef PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `double', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_DOUBLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_INT
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `ptrdiff_t', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `short', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_SHORT
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `void *', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_VOID_P
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `__int64', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF___INT64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
|
||||
# undef SIZE_MAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at runtime.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used. */
|
||||
#undef USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made
|
||||
weak. */
|
||||
#undef USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used. */
|
||||
#undef USE_PTH_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made
|
||||
weak. */
|
||||
#undef USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used. */
|
||||
#undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be
|
||||
made weak. */
|
||||
#undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
|
||||
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
|
||||
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the Win32 multithreading API can be used. */
|
||||
#undef USE_WIN32_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number of package */
|
||||
#undef VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with debugger. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_DEBUGGER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with GBA emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_GBA_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with GB emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_GB_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with internal CJK fonts. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_INTERNAL_CJK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with Lynx emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_LYNX_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with Sega Genesis/MegaDrive emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_MD_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with NES emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_NES_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with NGP emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_NGP_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with PCE emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_PCE_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with separate fast PCE emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_PCE_FAST_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with PC-FX emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_PCFX_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with PlayStation emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_PSX_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with SMS+GG emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_SMS_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with SNES emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_SNES_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with Virtual Boy emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_VB_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling with WonderSwan emulation. */
|
||||
#undef WANT_WSWAN_EMU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if we are compiling for Win32. */
|
||||
#undef WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
|
||||
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
|
||||
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
|
||||
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
|
||||
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
|
||||
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
|
||||
#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
|
||||
#undef _LARGE_FILES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
|
||||
#undef _MINIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
|
||||
this defined. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
|
||||
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
|
||||
#ifndef __cplusplus
|
||||
#undef inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
|
||||
doesn't define it. */
|
||||
#undef ptrdiff_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
|
||||
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
|
||||
#undef uintmax_t
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_t gl_lock_t
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_define gl_lock_define
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_define_initialized gl_lock_define_initialized
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_init gl_lock_init
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_lock gl_lock_lock
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_unlock gl_lock_unlock
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_recursive_t gl_recursive_lock_t
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_define_recursive gl_recursive_lock_define
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_init_recursive gl_recursive_lock_init
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_lock_recursive gl_recursive_lock_lock
|
||||
#define __libc_lock_unlock_recursive gl_recursive_lock_unlock
|
||||
#define glthread_in_use libintl_thread_in_use
|
||||
#define glthread_lock_init_func libintl_lock_init_func
|
||||
#define glthread_lock_lock_func libintl_lock_lock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_lock_unlock_func libintl_lock_unlock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_lock_destroy_func libintl_lock_destroy_func
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded libintl_rwlock_init_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_init_func libintl_rwlock_init_func
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded libintl_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func libintl_rwlock_rdlock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded libintl_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func libintl_rwlock_wrlock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded libintl_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_unlock_func libintl_rwlock_unlock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded libintl_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_rwlock_destroy_func libintl_rwlock_destroy_func
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded libintl_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_init_func libintl_recursive_lock_init_func
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded libintl_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func libintl_recursive_lock_lock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded libintl_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func libintl_recursive_lock_unlock_func
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded libintl_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func libintl_recursive_lock_destroy_func
|
||||
#define glthread_once_func libintl_once_func
|
||||
#define glthread_once_singlethreaded libintl_once_singlethreaded
|
||||
#define glthread_once_multithreaded libintl_once_multithreaded
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MUSEPACK_CONFIG_TYPES_H__
|
||||
#define __MUSEPACK_CONFIG_TYPES_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned char mpc_bool_t;
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int16_t mpc_int16_t;
|
||||
typedef uint16_t mpc_uint16_t;
|
||||
typedef int32_t mpc_int32_t;
|
||||
typedef uint32_t mpc_uint32_t;
|
||||
typedef int64_t mpc_int64_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __MUSEPACK_CONFIG_TYPES_H__
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file decoder.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_decoder_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_decoder_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "huffman.h"
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
#include "mpcdec.h"
|
||||
#include "reader.h"
|
||||
#include "streaminfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_SUPPORT_SV456
|
||||
|
||||
#define SEEKING_TABLE_SIZE 256u
|
||||
// set it to SLOW_SEEKING_WINDOW to not use fast seeking
|
||||
#define FAST_SEEKING_WINDOW 32
|
||||
// set it to FAST_SEEKING_WINDOW to only use fast seeking
|
||||
#define SLOW_SEEKING_WINDOW 0x80000000
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
MPC_V_MEM = 2304,
|
||||
MPC_DECODER_MEMSIZE = 16384, // overall buffer size
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
mpc_int32_t L [36];
|
||||
mpc_int32_t R [36];
|
||||
} QuantTyp;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct mpc_decoder_t {
|
||||
mpc_reader *r;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name internal state variables
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t dword; /// currently decoded 32bit-word
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t pos; /// bit-position within dword
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t Speicher[MPC_DECODER_MEMSIZE]; /// read-buffer
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t Zaehler; /// actual index within read-buffer
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t samples_to_skip;
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t DecodedFrames;
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t OverallFrames;
|
||||
mpc_int32_t SampleRate; // Sample frequency
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t StreamVersion; // version of bitstream
|
||||
mpc_int32_t Max_Band;
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t MPCHeaderPos; // AB: needed to support ID3v2
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t FrameWasValid;
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t MS_used; // MS-coding used ?
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t TrueGaplessPresent;
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t WordsRead; // counts amount of decoded dwords
|
||||
|
||||
// randomizer state variables
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t __r1;
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t __r2;
|
||||
|
||||
// seeking
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t seeking_table[SEEKING_TABLE_SIZE];
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t seeking_pwr; // distance between 2 frames in seeking_table = 2^seeking_pwr
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t seeking_table_frames; // last frame in seaking table
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t seeking_window; // number of frames to look for scalefactors
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_int32_t SCF_Index_L [32] [3];
|
||||
mpc_int32_t SCF_Index_R [32] [3]; // holds scalefactor-indices
|
||||
QuantTyp Q [32]; // holds quantized samples
|
||||
mpc_int32_t Res_L [32];
|
||||
mpc_int32_t Res_R [32]; // holds the chosen quantizer for each subband
|
||||
mpc_bool_t DSCF_Flag_L [32];
|
||||
mpc_bool_t DSCF_Flag_R [32]; // differential SCF used?
|
||||
mpc_int32_t SCFI_L [32];
|
||||
mpc_int32_t SCFI_R [32]; // describes order of transmitted SCF
|
||||
mpc_bool_t MS_Flag[32]; // MS used?
|
||||
#ifdef MPC_FIXED_POINT
|
||||
unsigned char SCF_shift[256];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT V_L[MPC_V_MEM + 960];
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT V_R[MPC_V_MEM + 960];
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT Y_L[36][32];
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT Y_R[36][32];
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT SCF[256]; ///< holds adapted scalefactors (for clipping prevention)
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
|
||||
} mpc_decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpc_decoder_h
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file huffman.h
|
||||
/// Data structures and functions for huffman coding.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_huffman_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_huffman_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mpcdec/config_types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "decoder.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct mpc_decoder_t; // forward declare to break circular dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
/// Huffman table entry.
|
||||
typedef struct huffman_type_t {
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t Code;
|
||||
mpc_uint16_t Length;
|
||||
mpc_int16_t Value;
|
||||
} HuffmanTyp;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_huffman_h_
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file internal.h
|
||||
/// Definitions and structures used only internally by the libmpcdec.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_internal_h
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_internal_h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
MPC_DECODER_SYNTH_DELAY = 481
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Big/little endian 32 bit byte swapping routine.
|
||||
static __inline
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t mpc_swap32(mpc_uint32_t val) {
|
||||
return (((val & 0xff000000) >> 24) | ((val & 0x00ff0000) >> 8) |
|
||||
((val & 0x0000ff00) << 8) | ((val & 0x000000ff) << 24));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Searches for a ID3v2-tag and reads the length (in bytes) of it.
|
||||
/// \param reader supplying raw stream data
|
||||
/// \return size of tag, in bytes
|
||||
/// \return -1 on errors of any kind
|
||||
mpc_int32_t JumpID3v2(mpc_reader* fp);
|
||||
|
||||
/// helper functions used by multiple files
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t mpc_random_int(mpc_decoder *d); // in synth_filter.c
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_initialisiere_quantisierungstabellen(mpc_decoder *d, double scale_factor);
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_synthese_filter_float(mpc_decoder *d, MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT* OutData);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_internal_h
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file math.h
|
||||
/// Libmpcdec internal math routines.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_math_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_math_h_
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MPC_FIXED_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_FIXED_POINT_SHIFT 16
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPC_FIXED_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cmnintrin.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_HAVE_MULHIGH
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_FIXED_POINT_SCALE_SHIFT (MPC_FIXED_POINT_SHIFT + MPC_FIXED_POINT_FRACTPART)
|
||||
#define MPC_FIXED_POINT_SCALE (1 << (MPC_FIXED_POINT_SCALE_SHIFT - 1))
|
||||
|
||||
//in fixedpoint mode, results in decode output buffer are in -MPC_FIXED_POINT_SCALE ... MPC_FIXED_POINT_SCALE range
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_FIXED_POINT_FRACTPART 14
|
||||
typedef mpc_int32_t MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef mpc_int64_t MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY;
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE(X) (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)((double)(X) * (double)(((mpc_int64_t)1)<<MPC_FIXED_POINT_FRACTPART))
|
||||
#define MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE_EX(X,Y) (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)((double)(X) * (double)(((mpc_int64_t)1)<<(Y)))
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_NOTRUNCATE(X,Y) \
|
||||
(((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(X) * (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(Y)) >> MPC_FIXED_POINT_FRACTPART)
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_EX_NOTRUNCATE(X,Y,Z) \
|
||||
(((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(X) * (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(Y)) >> (Z))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
static inline MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT MPC_MULTIPLY(MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT item1,MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT item2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY temp = MPC_MULTIPLY_NOTRUNCATE(item1,item2);
|
||||
assert(temp == (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)temp);
|
||||
return (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT item1,MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT item2,unsigned shift)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY temp = MPC_MULTIPLY_EX_NOTRUNCATE(item1,item2,shift);
|
||||
assert(temp == (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT_MULTIPLY)(MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)temp);
|
||||
return (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY(X,Y) ((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)MPC_MULTIPLY_NOTRUNCATE(X,Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,Y,Z) ((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)MPC_MULTIPLY_EX_NOTRUNCATE(X,Y,Z))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPC_HAVE_MULHIGH
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,Y) _MulHigh(X,Y)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,Y) MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,Y,32)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST(X) (MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)((X) * (double)(((mpc_int64_t)1)<<32) )
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST(X,Y) MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST_FIX(X,Y,Z) ( MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST( Y / (1<<(Z)) )) << (Z) )
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST_SHR(X,Y,Z) MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST( Y / (1<<(Z)) ))
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FLOAT_INT(X,Y) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST(X,Y,Z) MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE_EX(Y,Z),(Z))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST_SHL(X,Y,Z,S) MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE_EX(Y,Z),(Z)-(S))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST_SHR(X,Y,Z,S) MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE_EX(Y,Z),(Z)+(S))
|
||||
#define MPC_SHR(X,Y) ((X)>>(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SHL(X,Y) ((X)<<(Y))
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
//in floating-point mode, decoded samples are in -1...1 range
|
||||
|
||||
typedef float MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT;
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE(X) ((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)(X))
|
||||
#define MAKE_MPC_SAMPLE_EX(X,Y) ((MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT)(X))
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,Y) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST(X) (X)
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST(X,Y) MPC_MULTPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST_SHR(X,Y,Z) MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST( Y ))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT_CONST_FIX(X,Y,Z) MPC_MULTIPLY_FRACT(X,MPC_MAKE_FRACT_CONST( Y ))
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_FLOAT_INT(X,Y) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY(X,Y) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_MULTIPLY_EX(X,Y,Z) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST(X,Y,Z) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST_SHL(X,Y,Z,S) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SCALE_CONST_SHR(X,Y,Z,S) ((X)*(Y))
|
||||
#define MPC_SHR(X,Y) (X)
|
||||
#define MPC_SHL(X,Y) (X)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_math_h_
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file mpcdec.h
|
||||
/// Top level include file for libmpcdec.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mpcdec/config_types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "decoder.h"
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
#include "reader.h"
|
||||
#include "streaminfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
MPC_FRAME_LENGTH = (36 * 32), /// samples per mpc frame
|
||||
MPC_DECODER_BUFFER_LENGTH = 4 * MPC_FRAME_LENGTH /// required buffer size for decoder
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// error codes
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_OK 0
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_FILE -1
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_SV7BETA 1
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_CBR 2
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_IS 3
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_BLOCKSIZE 4
|
||||
#define ERROR_CODE_INVALIDSV 5
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes a streaminfo structure.
|
||||
/// \param si streaminfo structure to initialize
|
||||
void mpc_streaminfo_init(mpc_streaminfo *si);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reads streaminfo header from the mpc stream supplied by r.
|
||||
/// \param si streaminfo pointer to which info will be written
|
||||
/// \param r stream reader to supply raw data
|
||||
/// \return error code
|
||||
mpc_int32_t mpc_streaminfo_read(mpc_streaminfo *si, mpc_reader *r);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets length of stream si, in seconds.
|
||||
/// \return length of stream in seconds
|
||||
double mpc_streaminfo_get_length(mpc_streaminfo *si);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns length of stream si, in samples.
|
||||
/// \return length of stream in samples
|
||||
mpc_int64_t mpc_streaminfo_get_length_samples(mpc_streaminfo *si);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets up decoder library.
|
||||
/// Call this first when preparing to decode an mpc stream.
|
||||
/// \param r reader that will supply raw data to the decoder
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_setup(mpc_decoder *d, mpc_reader *r);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes mpc decoder with the supplied stream info parameters.
|
||||
/// Call this next after calling mpc_decoder_setup.
|
||||
/// \param si streaminfo structure indicating format of source stream
|
||||
/// \return TRUE if decoder was initalized successfully, FALSE otherwise
|
||||
mpc_bool_t mpc_decoder_initialize(mpc_decoder *d, mpc_streaminfo *si);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call this next after calling mpc_decoder_setup.
|
||||
/// \param si streaminfo structure indicating format of source stream
|
||||
/// \param fast_seeking boolean 0 = use fast seeking if safe, 1 = force fast seeking
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_set_seeking(mpc_decoder *d, mpc_streaminfo *si, mpc_bool_t fast_seeking);
|
||||
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_set_streaminfo(mpc_decoder *d, mpc_streaminfo *si);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets decoder sample scaling factor. All decoded samples will be multiplied
|
||||
/// by this factor.
|
||||
/// \param scale_factor multiplicative scaling factor
|
||||
void mpc_decoder_scale_output(mpc_decoder *d, double scale_factor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Actually reads data from previously initialized stream. Call
|
||||
/// this iteratively to decode the mpc stream.
|
||||
/// \param buffer destination buffer for decoded samples
|
||||
/// \param vbr_update_acc \todo document me
|
||||
/// \param vbr_update_bits \todo document me
|
||||
/// \return -1 if an error is encountered
|
||||
/// \return 0 if the stream has been completely decoded successfully and there are no more samples
|
||||
/// \return > 0 to indicate the number of bytes that were actually read from the stream.
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t mpc_decoder_decode(
|
||||
mpc_decoder *d,
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT *buffer,
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t *vbr_update_acc,
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t *vbr_update_bits);
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t mpc_decoder_decode_frame(
|
||||
mpc_decoder *d,
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t *in_buffer,
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t in_len,
|
||||
MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT *out_buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Seeks to the specified sample in the source stream.
|
||||
mpc_bool_t mpc_decoder_seek_sample(mpc_decoder *d, mpc_int64_t destsample);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Seeks to specified position in seconds in the source stream.
|
||||
mpc_bool_t mpc_decoder_seek_seconds(mpc_decoder *d, double seconds);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif // __cplusplus
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_h_
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file reader.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_reader_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_reader_h_
|
||||
|
||||
/// \brief Stream reader interface structure.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is the structure you must supply to the musepack decoding library
|
||||
/// to feed it with raw data. Implement the five member functions to provide
|
||||
/// a functional reader.
|
||||
typedef struct mpc_reader_t {
|
||||
/// Reads size bytes of data into buffer at ptr.
|
||||
mpc_int32_t (*read)(void *t, void *ptr, mpc_int32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Seeks to byte position offset.
|
||||
mpc_bool_t (*seek)(void *t, mpc_int32_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the current byte offset in the stream.
|
||||
mpc_int32_t (*tell)(void *t);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the total length of the source stream, in bytes.
|
||||
mpc_int32_t (*get_size)(void *t);
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the stream is a seekable stream.
|
||||
mpc_bool_t (*canseek)(void *t);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Field that can be used to identify a particular instance of
|
||||
/// reader or carry along data associated with that reader.
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
|
||||
} mpc_reader;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct mpc_reader_file_t {
|
||||
mpc_reader reader;
|
||||
|
||||
FILE *file;
|
||||
long file_size;
|
||||
mpc_bool_t is_seekable;
|
||||
} mpc_reader_file;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes reader with default stdio file reader implementation. Use
|
||||
/// this if you're just reading from a plain file.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \param r reader struct to initalize
|
||||
/// \param input input stream to attach to the reader
|
||||
void mpc_reader_setup_file_reader(mpc_reader_file *r, FILE *input);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_reader_h_
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file requant.h
|
||||
/// Requantization function definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_requant_h
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_requant_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mpcdec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* C O N S T A N T S */
|
||||
extern const mpc_uint32_t Res_bit [18]; // bits per sample for chosen quantizer
|
||||
extern const MPC_SAMPLE_FORMAT __Cc [1 + 18]; // coefficients for requantization
|
||||
extern const mpc_int32_t __Dc [1 + 18]; // offset for requantization
|
||||
|
||||
#define Cc (__Cc + 1)
|
||||
#define Dc (__Dc + 1)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_requant_h_
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2005, The Musepack Development Team
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
|
||||
met:
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Neither the name of the The Musepack Development Team nor the
|
||||
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
written permission.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
|
||||
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file streaminfo.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _mpcdec_streaminfo_h_
|
||||
#define _mpcdec_streaminfo_h_
|
||||
|
||||
typedef mpc_int32_t mpc_streaminfo_off_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/// \brief mpc stream properties structure
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Structure containing all the properties of an mpc stream. Populated
|
||||
/// by the streaminfo_read function.
|
||||
typedef struct mpc_streaminfo {
|
||||
/// @name core mpc stream properties
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t sample_freq; ///< sample frequency of stream
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t channels; ///< number of channels in stream
|
||||
mpc_streaminfo_off_t header_position; ///< byte offset of position of header in stream
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t stream_version; ///< streamversion of stream
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t bitrate; ///< bitrate of stream file (in bps)
|
||||
double average_bitrate; ///< average bitrate of stream (in bits/sec)
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t frames; ///< number of frames in stream
|
||||
mpc_int64_t pcm_samples;
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t max_band; ///< maximum band-index used in stream (0...31)
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t is; ///< intensity stereo (0: off, 1: on)
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t ms; ///< mid/side stereo (0: off, 1: on)
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t block_size; ///< only needed for SV4...SV6 -> not supported
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t profile; ///< quality profile of stream
|
||||
const char* profile_name; ///< name of profile used by stream
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name replaygain related fields
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
mpc_int16_t gain_title; ///< replaygain title value
|
||||
mpc_int16_t gain_album; ///< replaygain album value
|
||||
mpc_uint16_t peak_album; ///< peak album loudness level
|
||||
mpc_uint16_t peak_title; ///< peak title loudness level
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name true gapless support data
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t is_true_gapless; ///< true gapless? (0: no, 1: yes)
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t last_frame_samples; ///< number of valid samples within last frame
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t encoder_version; ///< version of encoder used
|
||||
char encoder[256]; ///< encoder name
|
||||
|
||||
mpc_streaminfo_off_t tag_offset; ///< offset to file tags
|
||||
mpc_streaminfo_off_t total_file_length; ///< total length of underlying file
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name fast seeking support
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
mpc_uint32_t fast_seek; ///< support fast seeking ? (0: no, 1: yes)
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
} mpc_streaminfo;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _mpcdec_streaminfo_h_
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
|
|||
CHANGES -- trio
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The changes listed without a name attributed to them were most likely done by
|
||||
Bjorn Reese and/or Daniel Stenberg.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.14 - 2010/01/26
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* David Byron
|
||||
Added trio_xstring_append_max.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed compilation problem on Cygwin due to lack of long double math
|
||||
(reported by Matthias Andree).
|
||||
|
||||
* David Boyce
|
||||
Added #undef of standard stdio function names before assigning trio functions
|
||||
to them.
|
||||
|
||||
* Matthias Andree
|
||||
Upgraded configure.in to use new macros instead of obsoleted macros.
|
||||
|
||||
* Matthias Andree
|
||||
Added VPATH to Makefile.in
|
||||
|
||||
* Tom Honermann
|
||||
Fixed problem with subnormal numbers which caused an infinite loop outputting
|
||||
leading spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
* Adam McLaurin
|
||||
Improved parsing performance by avoiding memset() and memcpy() on character
|
||||
arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
* Gideon Smeding
|
||||
Fixed %u scanning of signed numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Gideon Smeding
|
||||
Fixed group scanning for non-matching input.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed missing undo of look-ahead reading for scanf functions. This does only
|
||||
work for the scanf* and fscanf* functions, not dscanf* and cscanf* functions
|
||||
(reported by Gideon Smeding).
|
||||
|
||||
* If the format string is empty, scanf does not attempt to read any input.
|
||||
|
||||
* Ralf Junker
|
||||
Fixed Borland compilation for user-defined specifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.13 - 2008/11/09
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Ives Aerts
|
||||
Added the $<format|skip> format for user-defined specifiers, which is
|
||||
compatible with compiler warnings about mismatches between specifiers and
|
||||
arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added TRIO_DEPRECATED flag (reported by David Boyce)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed rounding adjustment for long double (reported as bug item #2136686).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added Makefile dependency for test target (reported as bug item #2136636).
|
||||
|
||||
* David Boyce
|
||||
Fixed long long support for MSVC.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed potential problem with read after buffer end for non-zero terminated
|
||||
strings (reported as bug item #1828465).
|
||||
|
||||
* Andreas Stricker
|
||||
Added WinCE support.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed number of significant digits for %g.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.12 - 2006/10/22
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed scanning of floats (reported by Bernd Ahlers).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed configure.in for GCC on Tru64 and MIPSpro on IRIX (reported by Andreas
|
||||
Maus).
|
||||
|
||||
* Olli Savia
|
||||
Added support for LynxOS.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.11 - 2006/04/08
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Mark Pickelmann
|
||||
Fixed trio_unregister. If the first element was removed, the remaining
|
||||
list would be removed as well.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed unintended formatting of %e that would result in non-zero numbers
|
||||
starting with zero (reported by Mark Pickelmann and Gisli Ottarsson).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed compilation with Sun Workshop 6 (reported by Matthias Andree).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed accuracy for denormalized numbers (bug item #758327).
|
||||
|
||||
* Glen Davidson
|
||||
Fixed scanning of floating-point numbers without a decimal-point (bug item
|
||||
#1370427).
|
||||
|
||||
* David Byron
|
||||
Fixed more compiler warnings.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed compilation of trio_to_long_double and TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT (reported by
|
||||
David Byron).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed precision of large floating-point numbers (bug item #1314524).
|
||||
|
||||
* Karl Bochert
|
||||
Fixed trio_fpclassify_and_signbit to only restore the floating-point
|
||||
precision.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed detection of need for ieee option on FreeBSD/Alpha.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added TRIO_SNPRINTF_ONLY compilation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed trio_to_double by not using strtod() on Tru64/DECC because it does not
|
||||
support hex-floats.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed crash on 64 bits machines related to a previous workaround in version
|
||||
1.9 for uninitialized va_list (reported by Nicolai Tufar, suggestion by
|
||||
Douglas Gwyn).
|
||||
|
||||
* Patrick Jessee
|
||||
Fixed width calculation for %g.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added macros for internal features.
|
||||
|
||||
* Jon Foster
|
||||
Added macros for conditional compilation of many features. Documented all
|
||||
the features.
|
||||
|
||||
* Karl Bochert
|
||||
Fixed problem with Borland C++, which changes the floating-point precision
|
||||
for certain math functions (log10() and _fpclass()).
|
||||
|
||||
* Karl Bochert
|
||||
Fixed compilation warnings on Borland C++.
|
||||
|
||||
* Removed any occurrence of #elif because Borland C++ reports wrong line
|
||||
numbers when they are present (reported by Karl Bochert).
|
||||
|
||||
* David Byron
|
||||
Added trio_asprintfv.
|
||||
|
||||
* Brian Chapman
|
||||
Fixed Mac OS X compilation.
|
||||
|
||||
* David Byron
|
||||
Fixed several compiler warnings.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed printing of out-of-range arguments for %hhd and %hd. These arguments
|
||||
can be out of range because of default integer promotion.
|
||||
|
||||
* Bob Friesenhahn
|
||||
Fixed installation of header files.
|
||||
|
||||
* Joe Orton
|
||||
Added SHELL to Makefile.in to avoid problems with CShells.
|
||||
|
||||
* Shaun Tancheff
|
||||
Fixed regresion tests for MSVC.
|
||||
|
||||
* Craig Berry
|
||||
Fixed the VMS C99 workaround.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.10 - 2003/03/06
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Rearranged some include files to accommodate large file support (reported by
|
||||
Albert Chin-A-Young).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for SunOS 4.1.x lack of strerror, tolower, and toupper
|
||||
(reported by Peter McCluskey).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed pedantic compilation with TRIO_MINIMAL.
|
||||
|
||||
* Jose Kahan
|
||||
Moved <limits.h> to avoid redefinition problems.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed hex-float exponents (reported by Matthias Clasen).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed handling of negative width and precision via paramters (reported by
|
||||
Jacob Navia).
|
||||
|
||||
* Nigel Hall
|
||||
Fixed TRIO_VA_START for VMS.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rune Enggaard Lausen
|
||||
Fixed compilation for Borland C++ Builder.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed precision of hex-float numbers (reported by James Antill).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed plus sign only to be added for signed numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed printing of integers with value and precision of zero (reported by
|
||||
James Antill).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %#.o to only print one zero if the value is zero (reported by James
|
||||
Antill).
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrote check for IEEE compilation option to remove dependency on additional
|
||||
scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
* Mehdi Lavasani
|
||||
Makefile install target fixed to work with older install programs.
|
||||
|
||||
* Collapsed the DECC, MSVC, HP-UX, and AIX code for trio_fpclassify_and_sign()
|
||||
with further preprocessing.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.9 - 2002/10/13
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed trio_fpclassify_and_signbit on AIX 3.2
|
||||
|
||||
* Added configure check for -ieee/-mieee compilation option for Alpha machines.
|
||||
|
||||
* Craig Berry
|
||||
Fixed compilation on VMS.
|
||||
|
||||
* Albert Chin-A-Young
|
||||
Fixed incorrect conditional expression in trio_isinf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed the warnings about uninitialized va_list in the printfv and scanfv
|
||||
family without the use of compiler specific pragmas (suggested by Ian
|
||||
Pilcher).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed space flag for floating-point numbers (reported by Ian Main).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.8 - 2002/07/10
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed infinite loop in multibyte handling (reported by Gisli Ottarsson).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the customizable cprintf/cscanf family which enables to user to specify
|
||||
input and output stream functions (suggested by Florian Schulze).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed trio_isinf by removing the HP-UX workaround, and instead making sure
|
||||
that the C99 macro will adhere to the trio return values (reported by Luke
|
||||
Dunstan).
|
||||
|
||||
* Alexander Lukyanov
|
||||
Fixed boundary case for scanning and EOF.
|
||||
|
||||
* Jacob Navia
|
||||
Enabled the L modifier for formatting.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added TRIO_MINIMAL to build trio without the string functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the R modifier to print rounded floating-point numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_to_long_double and long double scanning (the L modifier).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_locale_decimal_point, trio_locale_thousand_separator,
|
||||
trio_locale_grouping to overwrite locale settings.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrote TrioWriteDouble to avoid temporary buffers and thus the danger of
|
||||
buffer overflows (for instance %.5000f).
|
||||
|
||||
* Improved floating-point formatting accuracy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed formatting of non-decimal exponents.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed thousand separator checking.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %f scanning to get a float and %lf to get a double.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed WIN32 compilation (reported by Emmanuel Mogenet)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed regression test cases to exclude disabled features.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.7 - 2002/05/07
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed trio_to_double to handle hex-floats properly.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed printing of %a-format to be like %e, not like %g.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed floating-point printing of values beyond the machine accuracy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %f for printing with large precision.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed the usage of C99 nan(), which caused a crash on OSF/1 (reported by
|
||||
Georg Bolz)
|
||||
|
||||
* Joe Orton
|
||||
Fixed %p on 64-bit platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
* Made trio compile with K&R compilers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Emmanuel Mogenet
|
||||
Fixed bug in trio_asprintf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Emmanuel Mogenet
|
||||
Various WIN32 fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Joe Orton
|
||||
Fixed trio_isinf() on HP-UX, and added test cases.
|
||||
|
||||
* Joe Orton
|
||||
Fixed non-portable use of $^ in Makefile.
|
||||
|
||||
* Joe Orton
|
||||
Added autoconf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Alexander Lukyanov
|
||||
Fixed a number of bugs in the scanning of EOF and the count specifier.
|
||||
|
||||
* Richard Jinks
|
||||
Added trio_nzero
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed incorrect handling of return code from TrioReadChar (reported by
|
||||
Henrik Löf)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed parsing of character class expressions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed trio_to_double which did not work with long fractions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %f for printing of large numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %#s to handle whitespaces as non-printable characters.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_isfinite, trio_signbit, and trio_fpclassify.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added new test cases.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.6 - 2002/01/13
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Added dynamic string functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrote and extended documentation in JavaDoc (using Doxygen).
|
||||
|
||||
* Moved and renamed strio functions to triostr.
|
||||
|
||||
* Robert Collins
|
||||
Added definition for Cygwin.
|
||||
|
||||
* Markus Henke
|
||||
Added long double workaround for the HP C/iX compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
* Marc Verwerft
|
||||
Improved error handling for dynamically allocated strings.
|
||||
|
||||
* John Fotheringham
|
||||
Made trionan compile on OpenVMS.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added 'd' and 'D' as exponent letters when using TRIO_MICROSOFT.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed uninitial memory read for the parameter modifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.5 - 2001/09/08
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Merged with libxml changes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Moved NaN and Inf handling to separate file to enable reuse in other
|
||||
projects.
|
||||
|
||||
* Igor Zlatkovic
|
||||
Fixed TrioGenerateNan for MSVC.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed lots of preprocessor macros and internal data structure names.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.4 - 2001/06/03
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Added hex-float (%a and %A) for scanning.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added wide character arguments (%ls, %ws, %S, %lc, %wc, and %C) for both
|
||||
printf and scanf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added mutex callbacks for user-specified specifiers to enable applications to
|
||||
add thread-safety. These are registered with trio_register, where the
|
||||
namespace is set to either ":enter" to lock a mutex, or ":leave" to unlock a
|
||||
mutex.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added equivalence class expressions for scanning. For example, %[[=a=]] scans
|
||||
for all letters in the same equivalence class as the letter 'a' as defined
|
||||
by the locale.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed character class expressions for scanning. The expressions must now
|
||||
be embedded withing an extra set of brackets, e.g. %[[:alpha:]]. This was
|
||||
done to adhere to the syntax of UNIX98 regular expressions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the possibility to specify standard support (TRIO_C99 etc.) as compiler
|
||||
options.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed conversion of hex-float in StrToDouble.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed formatting of hex-float numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Stan Boehm
|
||||
Fixed crash on QNX, which happend because some buffers on the stack were too
|
||||
big.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed default precision for %f and %g (reported by Jose Ortiz)
|
||||
|
||||
* Howard Kapustein
|
||||
Added the I8, I16, I32, and I64 modifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Jose Ortiz
|
||||
Fixed rounding problem for %e.
|
||||
|
||||
* Jose Ortiz
|
||||
Fixed various problems with the xlC and Sun C++ compilers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.3 - 2001/05/16
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* trio's treatment of the field width when the %e code was used was not
|
||||
correct (reported by Gisli Ottarsson). It turns out the fraction part should
|
||||
be zero-padded by default and the exponent part should be zero-prefixed if
|
||||
it is only one digit. At least that's how the GNU and Sun libc's work. The
|
||||
trio floating point output looks identical to them now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed group scanning with modifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed compilation for 64-bit Digital Unix.
|
||||
|
||||
* Igor Zlatkovic
|
||||
Fixed compilation of dprintf, which uses read/write, for MSVC.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed various compilation problems on Digital Unix (mainly associated with
|
||||
va_list).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.2 - 2001/04/11
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Added autoconf integration. If compiled with HAVE_CONFIG_H the following
|
||||
happens. Firstly, <config.h> is included. Secondly, trio will only be
|
||||
compiled if WITH_TRIO is defined herein. Thirdly, if TRIO_REPLACE_STDIO is
|
||||
defined, only stdio functions that have not been detected by autoconf, i.e.
|
||||
those not defined by HAVE_PRINTF or similar, will be replaced by trio
|
||||
functions (suggested by Daniel Veillard).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed '%m.nf' output. Previously trio did not treat the width properly
|
||||
in all cases (reported by Gisli Ottarsson).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added explicit promotion for the scanfv family.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed more C++ compilation warnings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.1 - 2001/02/25
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Added explicit promotion for the printfv familiy. A float must be specified
|
||||
by %hf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed positionals for printfv (reported by Gisli Ottarsson).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed an integer to pointer conversion problem on the SGI MIPS C compiler
|
||||
(reported by Gisli Ottarsson).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed ANSI C++ warnings (type casting, and namespace is a reserved keyword).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added \n to all examples in the documentation to prevent confusion.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed StrSubstringMax
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.0 - 2000/12/10
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
* Bumped Version number.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.25 - 2000/12/09
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Wrote more documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Improved NaN support and added NaN to regression test.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed C99 support.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added missing getter/setter functions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.24 - 2000/12/02
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added callback functionality for the user-defined specifier (<>). All
|
||||
the necessary functions are defined in triop.h header file. See the
|
||||
documentation for trio_register for further detail.
|
||||
|
||||
* Wrote initial documentation on the callback functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the printfv and scanfv family of functions, which takes a pointer
|
||||
array rather than variadic arguments. Each pointer in the array must point
|
||||
to the associated data (requested by Bruce Korb).
|
||||
|
||||
* As indicated in version 0.21 the extension modifiers (<>) have now been
|
||||
completely removed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added skipping of thousand-separators in floating-point number scanning.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.23 - 2000/10/21
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added width to scanning of floating-point numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Wrote more documentation on trio_printf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed problem with trailing zeroes after decimal-point.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.22 - 2000/08/06
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added LC_CTYPE locale dependent character class expressions to scan lists.
|
||||
Included are [:alnum:], [:alpha:], [:cntrl:], [:digit:], [:graph:],
|
||||
[:lower:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:space:], [:upper:], [:xdigit:]
|
||||
|
||||
* Added C escapes to alternative string formatting and scanning.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrSubstringMax.
|
||||
|
||||
* Wrote a little more documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed scanf return values.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed a sign error for non-ascii characters.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.21 - 2000/07/19
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Converted the documentation to TeX. With latex2man the documentation can
|
||||
automatically be converted into man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_scanf, trio_vscanf, trio_fscanf, and trio_vfscanf.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_dprintf, trio_vdprintf, trio_dscanf, and trio_vdscanf. These
|
||||
functions can be used to write and read directly to pipes and sockets (the
|
||||
assume blocking sockets). Stdio buffering is surpassed, so the functions are
|
||||
async-safe. However, reading from stdin (STDIN_FILENO) or writing to stdout
|
||||
(STDOUT_FILENO) reintroduces the buffering.
|
||||
|
||||
* Paul Janzen
|
||||
Added trio_asprintf and trio_vasprintf, which are compatible with the GNU
|
||||
and BSD interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added scanlist ranges for group scanning (%[]).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added width for scanning (missing for floating-point numbers though).
|
||||
|
||||
* Added variable size modifier (&) to handle system defined types of unknown
|
||||
size. This modifier makes certain assumptions about the integer sizes, which
|
||||
may not be valid on any machine. Consequently, the modifier will remain
|
||||
undocumented, as it may be removed later.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added \777 and \xFF to alternative string scanning (%#s)
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the TRIO_REPLACE_STDIO check in the header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Improved performance of the multibyte character parsing.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed positionals (%n$) which had stopped working.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed hh and ll modifiers to allow exactly two letters and no more.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed ANSI C++ warnings. Also fixed the compiler warning about casting
|
||||
between integer and pointer (this has been annoying me for ages).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed snprintf and vsnprintf with zero buffer size.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed NAN problems (reported by Keith Briggs).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed parsing of multibyte characters. The format string was not correctly
|
||||
advanced in case of a multibyte character.
|
||||
|
||||
* Renamed many of the internal functions to have more consistant names.
|
||||
|
||||
* Removed the <quote=c> and <fill=c> modifiers. They are not really worth
|
||||
including. The other <> modifiers may disappear as well.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.20 - 2000/06/05
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added intmax_t and ptrdiff_t support.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for LC_NUMERIC grouping.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added double-dot notation for the conversion base. The style is now
|
||||
%width.precision.base, where any argument can be a number, an asterix
|
||||
indicating a parameter, or be omitted entirely. For example, %*..2i is
|
||||
to specify binary numbers without precision, and with width as a parameter
|
||||
on the va_list.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added sticky modifier (!), which makes subsequent specifiers of the same
|
||||
type reuse the current modifiers. Inspired by a suggestion from Gary Porter.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added group scanning (%[]). Scanlist ranges and multibyte sequences are not
|
||||
supported yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added count scanning (%n).
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed the number scanning to accept thousand separators and any base.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed positional for parameters. It is possible to write something like
|
||||
%3$*1$.*2$d (which happens to be the same as %*.*d).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed precision of integers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed parameter flags. Before trio could only handle one parameter flag per
|
||||
specifier, although two (three with double-dot base) were possible.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed isinf() for those platforms where it is unimplemented.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.18 - 2000/05/27
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Rewrote the entire floating-point formatting function (Danny Dulai had
|
||||
reported several errors and even supplied some patches, which unfortunately
|
||||
were lost due to the refactoring).
|
||||
|
||||
* Removed the use of strlen() in the declaration of a stack array. This
|
||||
caused problems on some compilers (besides it isn't really ANSI C compliant
|
||||
anyways). Using some arbitrarily chosen maximum value; should examine if
|
||||
some standard defines an upper limit on the length of decimal-point and
|
||||
thousands-separator (sizeof(wchar_t) perhaps?)
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed the parsing of the format string to be multibyte aware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.17 - 2000/05/19
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added INF, -INF, and NAN for floating-point numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed %#.9g -- alternative with precision.
|
||||
|
||||
* Ken Gibson
|
||||
Fixed printing of negative hex numbers
|
||||
|
||||
* Joerg (last name unknown)
|
||||
Fixed convertion of non-ASCII characters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.16 - 1999/08/06
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Changed the constness of the second argument of StrFloat and StrDouble. The
|
||||
lack of parameter overloading in C is the reason for the strange use of
|
||||
constness in strtof and strtod.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cleaned up constness.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.15 - 1999/07/23
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed the internal representation of numbers from signed to unsigned. Signed
|
||||
numbers posed a problem for large unsigned numbers (reported by Tero)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed a tiny bug in trio_vsprintfcat
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed the meaning of the max argument of StrAppendMax to be consistant
|
||||
with StrFormatAppendMax. Now it is the maximal size of the entire target
|
||||
buffer, not just the appended size. This makes it easier to avoid buffer
|
||||
overflows (requested by Tero)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.14 - 1999/05/16
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Added size_t support (just waiting for a C99 compliant compiler to add
|
||||
ptrdiff_t and intmax_t)
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrote TrioOutStreamDouble so it does not use the libc sprintf to emulate
|
||||
floating-point anylonger.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed width, precision, and adjustment for numbers and doubles.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.13 - 1999/05/06
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed zero padding for %d. Now %d will only zero pad if explicitly requested
|
||||
to do so with the 0 flag (reported by Tero).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed an incorrect while() condition in TrioGetString (reported by Tero).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.12 - 1999/04/19
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Fixed incorrect zero padding of pointers
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrHash with STRIO_HASH_PLAIN
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrFormatDateMax
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.11 - 1999/03/25
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
* Made it compile under cygwin
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed a bug were TrioPreprocess would return an error if no formatting chars
|
||||
were found (reported by Tero).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1999/03/19
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* Added trio_strerror and TRIO_ERROR_NAME.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed the error codes to be positive (as errno)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed two reads of uninitialized memory reported by Purify
|
||||
|
||||
* Added binary specifiers 'b' and 'B' (like SCO.) ThousandSeparator can be
|
||||
used to separate nibbles (4 bit)
|
||||
|
||||
* Renamed all Internal* functions to Trio*, which seems like a better
|
||||
namespace (even though it is of no practical interest because these
|
||||
functions are not visible beyond the scope of this file.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1999/03/12
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* Added hex-float format for StrToDouble
|
||||
|
||||
* Double references and gaps in the arguments are not allowed (for the %n$
|
||||
format) and in both cases an error code is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrToDouble (and StrToFloat)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1999/03/08
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* Added InStream and OutStream to the trio_T structure.
|
||||
|
||||
* Started work on TrioScan.
|
||||
|
||||
* Return values for errors changed. Two macros to unpack the error code has
|
||||
been added to the header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Shortshort (hh) flag added.
|
||||
|
||||
* %#s also quotes the quote-char now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Removed the 'errorInFormat' boolean, which isn't used anymore after the
|
||||
functions bail out with an error instead.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1999/03/04
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* More than MAX_PARAMETERS parametes will now cause the TrioPreprocess()
|
||||
function to return error.
|
||||
|
||||
* Unknown flags and/or specifiers cause errors too.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_snprintfcat and trio_vsnprintfcat and the defined name
|
||||
StrFormatAppendMax. They append a formatted string to the end of a string.
|
||||
|
||||
* Define MAX_PARAMETERS to 128 at all times instead of using NL_ARGMAX when
|
||||
that exists.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added platform fixes for Amiga as suggested by Tero Jänkä <tesaja@utu.fi>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1999/01/31
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* vaprintf did add a zero byte even when it had failed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cleaned up the code for locale handling and thousand separator
|
||||
|
||||
* Added trio_aprintf() and trio_vaprintf(). They return an allocated string.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added thousands separator for numbers
|
||||
|
||||
* Added floating point support for *printf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1998/10/20
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* StrMatchCase() called StrMatch() instead of itself recursively
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrote the implementation of *printf and *scanf and put all the code in
|
||||
this file. Extended qualifiers and qualifiers from other standards were
|
||||
added.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrSpanFunction, StrToLong, and StrToUnsignedLong
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Version - 1998/05/23
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
* Made the StrEqual* functions resistant to NULL pointers
|
||||
|
||||
* Turns out strdup() is no standard at all, and some platforms (I seem to
|
||||
recall HP-UX) has problems with it. Made our own StrDuplicate() instead.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added StrFormat() and StrFormatMax() to serve as sprintf() and snprintf()
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Id: trio.h,v 1.19 2009/09/13 10:12:22 breese Exp $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1998 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
|
||||
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
|
||||
* CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://ctrio.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_TRIO_H
|
||||
#define TRIO_TRIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(WITHOUT_TRIO)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use autoconf defines if present. Packages using trio must define
|
||||
* HAVE_CONFIG_H as a compiler option themselves.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "triop.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Error codes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Remember to add a textual description to trio_strerror.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
TRIO_EOF = 1,
|
||||
TRIO_EINVAL = 2,
|
||||
TRIO_ETOOMANY = 3,
|
||||
TRIO_EDBLREF = 4,
|
||||
TRIO_EGAP = 5,
|
||||
TRIO_ENOMEM = 6,
|
||||
TRIO_ERANGE = 7,
|
||||
TRIO_ERRNO = 8,
|
||||
TRIO_ECUSTOM = 9
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error macros */
|
||||
#define TRIO_ERROR_CODE(x) ((-(x)) & 0x00FF)
|
||||
#define TRIO_ERROR_POSITION(x) ((-(x)) >> 8)
|
||||
#define TRIO_ERROR_NAME(x) trio_strerror(x)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*trio_outstream_t) TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t, int));
|
||||
typedef int (*trio_instream_t) TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t));
|
||||
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *trio_strerror TRIO_PROTO((int));
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Print Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_printf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vprintf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_printfv TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_fprintf TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vfprintf TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_fprintfv TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_dprintf TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vdprintf TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_dprintfv TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_cprintf TRIO_PROTO((trio_outstream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vcprintf TRIO_PROTO((trio_outstream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_cprintfv TRIO_PROTO((trio_outstream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_sprintf TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vsprintf TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_sprintfv TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_snprintf TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vsnprintf TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, size_t bufferSize, TRIO_CONST char *format,
|
||||
va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_snprintfv TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, size_t bufferSize, TRIO_CONST char *format,
|
||||
void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_snprintfcat TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vsnprintfcat TRIO_PROTO((char *buffer, size_t bufferSize, TRIO_CONST char *format,
|
||||
va_list args));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_DEPRECATED)
|
||||
char *trio_aprintf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
char *trio_vaprintf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_asprintf TRIO_PROTO((char **ret, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vasprintf TRIO_PROTO((char **ret, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_asprintfv TRIO_PROTO((char **result, TRIO_CONST char *format, trio_pointer_t * args));
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Scan Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int trio_scanf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vscanf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_scanfv TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_fscanf TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vfscanf TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_fscanfv TRIO_PROTO((FILE *file, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_dscanf TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vdscanf TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_dscanfv TRIO_PROTO((int fd, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_cscanf TRIO_PROTO((trio_instream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vcscanf TRIO_PROTO((trio_instream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_cscanfv TRIO_PROTO((trio_instream_t stream, trio_pointer_t closure,
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
int trio_sscanf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vsscanf TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_sscanfv TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *buffer, TRIO_CONST char *format, void **args));
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Locale Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void trio_locale_set_decimal_point TRIO_PROTO((char *decimalPoint));
|
||||
void trio_locale_set_thousand_separator TRIO_PROTO((char *thousandSeparator));
|
||||
void trio_locale_set_grouping TRIO_PROTO((char *grouping));
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Renaming
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef TRIO_REPLACE_STDIO
|
||||
/* Replace the <stdio.h> functions */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_PRINTF
|
||||
# undef printf
|
||||
# define printf trio_printf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
# undef vprintf
|
||||
# define vprintf trio_vprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_FPRINTF
|
||||
# undef fprintf
|
||||
# define fprintf trio_fprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VFPRINTF
|
||||
# undef vfprintf
|
||||
# define vfprintf trio_vfprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_SPRINTF
|
||||
# undef sprintf
|
||||
# define sprintf trio_sprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VSPRINTF
|
||||
# undef vsprintf
|
||||
# define vsprintf trio_vsprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
# undef snprintf
|
||||
# define snprintf trio_snprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
|
||||
# undef vsnprintf
|
||||
# define vsnprintf trio_vsnprintf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_SCANF
|
||||
# undef scanf
|
||||
# define scanf trio_scanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VSCANF
|
||||
# undef vscanf
|
||||
# define vscanf trio_vscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_FSCANF
|
||||
# undef fscanf
|
||||
# define fscanf trio_fscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VFSCANF
|
||||
# undef vfscanf
|
||||
# define vfscanf trio_vfscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_SSCANF
|
||||
# undef sscanf
|
||||
# define sscanf trio_sscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
|
||||
# undef vsscanf
|
||||
# define vsscanf trio_vsscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* These aren't stdio functions, but we make them look similar */
|
||||
#undef dprintf
|
||||
#define dprintf trio_dprintf
|
||||
#undef vdprintf
|
||||
#define vdprintf trio_vdprintf
|
||||
#undef aprintf
|
||||
#define aprintf trio_aprintf
|
||||
#undef vaprintf
|
||||
#define vaprintf trio_vaprintf
|
||||
#undef asprintf
|
||||
#define asprintf trio_asprintf
|
||||
#undef vasprintf
|
||||
#define vasprintf trio_vasprintf
|
||||
#undef dscanf
|
||||
#define dscanf trio_dscanf
|
||||
#undef vdscanf
|
||||
#define vdscanf trio_vdscanf
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
} /* extern "C" */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* WITHOUT_TRIO */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TRIO_TRIO_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Id: triodef.h,v 1.35 2009/09/20 11:37:14 breese Exp $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001 Bjorn Reese <breese@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
|
||||
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
|
||||
* CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_TRIODEF_H
|
||||
#define TRIO_TRIODEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Compiler support detection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_GCC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_SUNPRO __SUNPRO_CC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined(__SUNPRO_C)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_SUNPRO __SUNPRO_C
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__xlC__) || defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_XLC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined(_AIX) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_XLC /* Workaround for old xlc */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__DECC) || defined(__DECCXX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_DECC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined(__osf__) && defined(__LANGUAGE_C__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_DECC /* Workaround for old DEC C compilers */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__HP_cc)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_HP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(sgi) || defined(__sgi)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_MIPSPRO
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_MSVC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_BCB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Platform support detection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(VMS) || defined(__VMS)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_VMS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(unix) || defined(__unix) || defined(__unix__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_XLC) || defined(_AIX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_DECC) || defined(__osf___)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_VMS)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__Lynx__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_LYNX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__QNX__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_QNX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AMIGA) && defined(TRIO_COMPILER_GCC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_MSVC) || defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_WIN32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_WINCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(mpeix) || defined(__mpexl)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_MPEIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_AIX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_AIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__hpux)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_HPUX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(sun) || defined(__sun__)
|
||||
# if defined(__SVR4) || defined(__svr4__)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_SOLARIS
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define TRIO_PLATFORM_SUNOS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Standards support detection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__STDC__) \
|
||||
|| defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_COMPILER_BCB)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_C89
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_C90
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (__STDC_VERSION__ - 0 >= 199409L)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_C94
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (__STDC_VERSION__ - 0 >= 199901L)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_C99
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUNPRO) && (TRIO_COMPILER_SUNPRO >= 0x420)
|
||||
# if !defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_C94)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_C94
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_CXX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if __cplusplus - 0 >= 199711L
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_CXX89
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX)
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_POSIX _POSIX_VERSION
|
||||
# if (_POSIX_VERSION >= 199506L)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_POSIX_1996
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 >= 3) || defined(_XOPEN_XPG3)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_XPG3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 >= 4) || defined(_XOPEN_XPG4)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_XPG4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 > 4) \
|
||||
|| (defined(_XOPEN_UNIX) && (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 == 4))
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_UNIX95
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 >= 500)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_UNIX98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (_XOPEN_VERSION - 0 >= 600)
|
||||
# define PREDEF_STANDARD_UNIX03
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Generic defines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_PUBLIC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PUBLIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_PRIVATE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PRIVATE static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_C89) || defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_CXX))
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_ANCIENT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_ANCIENT)
|
||||
# define TRIO_CONST
|
||||
# define TRIO_VOLATILE
|
||||
# define TRIO_SIGNED
|
||||
typedef double trio_long_double_t;
|
||||
typedef char * trio_pointer_t;
|
||||
# define TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(x) x
|
||||
# define TRIO_PROTO(x) ()
|
||||
# define TRIO_NOARGS
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS1(list,a1) list a1;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS2(list,a1,a2) list a1; a2;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS3(list,a1,a2,a3) list a1; a2; a3;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS4(list,a1,a2,a3,a4) list a1; a2; a3; a4;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS5(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5) list a1; a2; a3; a4; a5;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS6(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6) list a1; a2; a3; a4; a5; a6;
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS7(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7) list a1; a2; a3; a4; a5; a6; a7;
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS2(list,a1,a2) list a1; a2
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS3(list,a1,a2,a3) list a1; a2; a3
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS4(list,a1,a2,a3,a4) list a1; a2; a3; a4
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS5(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5) list a1; a2; a3; a4; a5
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_DECL va_dcl
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_START(x,y) va_start(x)
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_END(x) va_end(x)
|
||||
#else /* ANSI C */
|
||||
# define TRIO_CONST const
|
||||
# define TRIO_VOLATILE volatile
|
||||
# define TRIO_SIGNED signed
|
||||
typedef long double trio_long_double_t;
|
||||
typedef void * trio_pointer_t;
|
||||
# define TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(x) x ## L
|
||||
# define TRIO_PROTO(x) x
|
||||
# define TRIO_NOARGS void
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS1(list,a1) (a1)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS2(list,a1,a2) (a1,a2)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS3(list,a1,a2,a3) (a1,a2,a3)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS4(list,a1,a2,a3,a4) (a1,a2,a3,a4)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS5(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5) (a1,a2,a3,a4,a5)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS6(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6) (a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6)
|
||||
# define TRIO_ARGS7(list,a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7) (a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7)
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS2 TRIO_ARGS2
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS3 TRIO_ARGS3
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS4 TRIO_ARGS4
|
||||
# define TRIO_VARGS5 TRIO_ARGS5
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_DECL ...
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_START(x,y) va_start(x,y)
|
||||
# define TRIO_VA_END(x) va_end(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_C99) || defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_CXX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_INLINE inline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_GCC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_INLINE __inline__
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_MSVC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_INLINE _inline
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_BCB)
|
||||
# define TRIO_INLINE __inline
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_INLINE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Workarounds
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_VMS)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Computations done with constants at compile time can trigger these
|
||||
* even when compiling with IEEE enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# pragma message disable (UNDERFLOW, FLOATOVERFL)
|
||||
|
||||
# if (__CRTL_VER < 80210001)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Although the compiler supports C99 language constructs, the C
|
||||
* run-time library does not contain all C99 functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# if defined(PREDEF_STANDARD_C99)
|
||||
# undef PREDEF_STANDARD_C99
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Not all preprocessors supports the LL token.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_MSVC) || defined(TRIO_COMPILER_BCB)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_LL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Cygwin defines the macros for hosted C99, but does not support certain
|
||||
* long double math functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# include <cygwin/version.h>
|
||||
# define TRIO_CYGWIN_VERSION_API CYGWIN_VERSION_API_MAJOR * 1000 + \
|
||||
CYGWIN_VERSION_API_MINOR
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Please change the version number below when the Cygwin API supports
|
||||
* long double math functions (powl, fmodl, etc.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# if TRIO_CYGWIN_VERSION_API < 99999999
|
||||
# define TRIO_NO_FLOORL 1
|
||||
# define TRIO_NO_CEILL 1
|
||||
# define TRIO_NO_POWL 1
|
||||
# define TRIO_NO_FMODL 1
|
||||
# define TRIO_NO_LOG10L 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TRIO_TRIODEF_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Id: trionan.h,v 1.9 2005/03/27 18:52:45 breese Exp $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001 Bjorn Reese <breese@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
|
||||
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
|
||||
* CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_TRIONAN_H
|
||||
#define TRIO_TRIONAN_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "triodef.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_PUBLIC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PUBLIC
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN TRIO_PUBLIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
TRIO_FP_INFINITE,
|
||||
TRIO_FP_NAN,
|
||||
TRIO_FP_NORMAL,
|
||||
TRIO_FP_SUBNORMAL,
|
||||
TRIO_FP_ZERO
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Dependencies
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_EMBED_NAN)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The application that trionan is embedded in must define which functions
|
||||
* it uses.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following resolves internal dependencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_ISNAN) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_ISINF)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY_AND_SIGNBIT)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY_AND_SIGNBIT
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_NAN)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_PINF)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_PINF
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_NINF)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_PINF)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_PINF
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* When trionan is not embedded all all functions are defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_NAN
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_PINF
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_NINF
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_NZERO
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_ISNAN
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_ISINF
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_ISFINITE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_SIGNBIT
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY_AND_SIGNBIT
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return NaN (Not-a-Number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_NAN)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN double
|
||||
trio_nan
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((void));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return positive infinity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_PINF)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN double
|
||||
trio_pinf
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((void));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return negative infinity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_NINF)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN double
|
||||
trio_ninf
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((void));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return negative zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_NZERO)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN double
|
||||
trio_nzero
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_NOARGS));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If number is a NaN return non-zero, otherwise return zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_ISNAN)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_isnan
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If number is positive infinity return 1, if number is negative
|
||||
* infinity return -1, otherwise return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_ISINF)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_isinf
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If number is finite return non-zero, otherwise return zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_ISFINITE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_isfinite
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_SIGNBIT)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_signbit
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_fpclassify
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_FPCLASSIFY_AND_SIGNBIT)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_NAN int
|
||||
trio_fpclassify_and_signbit
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((double number, int *is_negative));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TRIO_TRIONAN_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,473 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Id: triop.h,v 1.18 2009/07/05 10:14:07 breese Exp $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2000 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
|
||||
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
|
||||
* CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Private functions, types, etc. used for callback functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ref pointer is an opaque type and should remain as such.
|
||||
* Private data must only be accessible through the getter and
|
||||
* setter functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_TRIOP_H
|
||||
#define TRIO_TRIOP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "triodef.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_ANCIENT)
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Supported standards
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_C99 (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable C99 format specifier extensions, or
|
||||
* define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers that are
|
||||
* disabled by this switch are labelled with [C99] in the format
|
||||
* specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_C99)
|
||||
# define TRIO_C99 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_BSD (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable BSD format specifier extensions, or
|
||||
* define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers that are
|
||||
* disabled by this switch are labelled with [BSD] in the format
|
||||
* specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_BSD)
|
||||
# define TRIO_BSD 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_GNU (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable GNU format specifier extensions, or
|
||||
* define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers that are
|
||||
* disabled by this switch are labelled with [GNU] in the format
|
||||
* specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_GNU)
|
||||
# define TRIO_GNU 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_MISC (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable miscellaneous format specifier
|
||||
* extensions, or define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers
|
||||
* that are disabled by this switch are labelled with [MISC] in the
|
||||
* format specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_MISC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_MISC 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_UNIX98 (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable UNIX98 format specifier extensions,
|
||||
* or define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers that are
|
||||
* disabled by this switch are labelled with [UNIX98] in the format
|
||||
* specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_UNIX98)
|
||||
# define TRIO_UNIX98 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_MICROSOFT (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable Microsoft Visual C format specifier
|
||||
* extensions, or define to 1 to enable them. The format specifiers
|
||||
* that are disabled by this switch are labelled with [MSVC] in the
|
||||
* format specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_MICROSOFT)
|
||||
# define TRIO_MICROSOFT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_EXTENSION (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable Trio-specific extensions, or define
|
||||
* to 1 to enable them. This has two effects: it controls whether
|
||||
* or not the Trio user-defined formating mechanism
|
||||
* (trio_register() etc) is supported, and it enables or disables
|
||||
* Trio's own format specifier extensions. The format specifiers
|
||||
* that are disabled by this switch are labelled with [TRIO] in
|
||||
* the format specifier documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_EXTENSION)
|
||||
# define TRIO_EXTENSION 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_DEPRECATED (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable deprecated functionality, or define
|
||||
* to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_DEPRECATED)
|
||||
# define TRIO_DEPRECATED 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Features
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_SNPRINTF_ONLY)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_SCANF 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FILE 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_STDIO 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FD 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_DYNAMICSTRING 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_CLOSURE 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_STRERR 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_LOCALE 0
|
||||
# define TRIO_EMBED_NAN 1
|
||||
# define TRIO_EMBED_STRING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_SCANF (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable all the scanf() variants, or define to 1
|
||||
* to enable them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_SCANF)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_SCANF 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_FILE (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable compilation of the trio_fprintf() and
|
||||
* trio_fscanf() family of functions, or define to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This may be useful on an embedded platform with no filesystem.
|
||||
* Note that trio_printf() uses fwrite to write to stdout, so if you
|
||||
* do not have an implementation of fwrite() at all then you must also
|
||||
* define TRIO_FEATURE_STDIO to 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_FILE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FILE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_STDIO (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable compilation of the trio_printf() and
|
||||
* trio_scanf() family of functions, or define to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This may be useful on an embedded platform with no standard I/O.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_STDIO)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_STDIO 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_FD (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable compilation of the trio_dprintf() and
|
||||
* trio_dscanf() family of functions, or define to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This may be useful on an embedded platform with no filesystem, or on
|
||||
* a platform that supports file I/O using FILE* but not using raw file
|
||||
* descriptors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_FD)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FD 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_DYNAMICSTRING (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable compilation of the trio_aprintf()
|
||||
* family of functions, or define to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you define both this and TRIO_MINIMAL to 0, then Trio will never
|
||||
* call malloc or free.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_DYNAMICSTRING)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_DYNAMICSTRING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_CLOSURE (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable compilation of the trio_cprintf() and
|
||||
* trio_cscanf() family of functions, or define to 1 to enable them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions are rarely needed. This saves a (small) amount of code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_CLOSURE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_CLOSURE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_ERRORCODE (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to return -1 from the print and scan function on
|
||||
* error, or define to 1 to return a negative number with debugging
|
||||
* information as part of the return code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If enabled, the return code will be a negative number, which encodes
|
||||
* an error code and an error location. These can be decoded with the
|
||||
* TRIO_ERROR_CODE and TRIO_ERROR_POSITION macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_ERRORS)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_ERRORCODE TRIO_ERRORS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_ERRORCODE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_ERRORCODE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_STRERR (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 if you do not use trio_strerror(), or define to 1 if
|
||||
* you do use it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This saves a (small) amount of code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_STRERR)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_STRERR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable all floating-point support, or define
|
||||
* to 1 to enable it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful in restricted embedded platforms that do not support
|
||||
* floating-point. Obviously you cannot use floating-point format
|
||||
* specifiers if you define this.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not compile trionan.c if you disable this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_FEATURE_LOCALE (=0 or =1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to 0 to disable customized locale support, or define
|
||||
* to 1 to enable it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This saves a (small) amount of code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_LOCALE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_LOCALE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TRIO_MINIMAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this to disable building the public trionan.h and triostr.h.
|
||||
* If you define this, then you must not compile trionan.c and triostr.c
|
||||
* separately.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_MINIMAL)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_EMBED_NAN)
|
||||
# define TRIO_EMBED_NAN
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_EMBED_STRING)
|
||||
# define TRIO_EMBED_STRING
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Does not work yet. Do not enable */
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_FEATURE_WIDECHAR
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_WIDECHAR 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Mapping standards to internal features
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_HEXFLOAT)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_HEXFLOAT (TRIO_C99 && TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_LONGDOUBLE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_LONGDOUBLE TRIO_FEATURE_FLOAT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_ERRNO)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_ERRNO TRIO_GNU
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_QUAD)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_QUAD (TRIO_BSD || TRIO_GNU)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_SIZE_T)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_SIZE_T TRIO_C99
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_SIZE_T_UPPER)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_SIZE_T_UPPER TRIO_GNU
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_PTRDIFF_T)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_PTRDIFF_T TRIO_C99
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_INTMAX_T)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_INTMAX_T TRIO_C99
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_FIXED_SIZE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_FIXED_SIZE TRIO_MICROSOFT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_POSITIONAL)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_POSITIONAL TRIO_UNIX98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_USER_DEFINED)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_USER_DEFINED TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_BINARY)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_BINARY TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_QUOTE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_QUOTE TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_STICKY)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_STICKY TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_VARSIZE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_VARSIZE TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_FEATURE_ROUNDING)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FEATURE_ROUNDING TRIO_EXTENSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Memory handling
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_MALLOC
|
||||
# define TRIO_MALLOC(n) malloc(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_REALLOC
|
||||
# define TRIO_REALLOC(x,n) realloc((x),(n))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_FREE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FREE(x) free(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* User-defined specifiers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*trio_callback_t) TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t));
|
||||
|
||||
trio_pointer_t trio_register TRIO_PROTO((trio_callback_t callback, const char *name));
|
||||
void trio_unregister TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t handle));
|
||||
|
||||
TRIO_CONST char *trio_get_format TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
/* Mednafen modification to fix a gcc warning */
|
||||
/*TRIO_CONST*/ trio_pointer_t trio_get_argument TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Modifiers */
|
||||
int trio_get_width TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
void trio_set_width TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int width));
|
||||
int trio_get_precision TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
void trio_set_precision TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int precision));
|
||||
int trio_get_base TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
void trio_set_base TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int base));
|
||||
int trio_get_padding TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
void trio_set_padding TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_padding));
|
||||
int trio_get_short TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* h */
|
||||
void trio_set_shortshort TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_shortshort));
|
||||
int trio_get_shortshort TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* hh */
|
||||
void trio_set_short TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_short));
|
||||
int trio_get_long TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* l */
|
||||
void trio_set_long TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_long));
|
||||
int trio_get_longlong TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* ll */
|
||||
void trio_set_longlong TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_longlong));
|
||||
int trio_get_longdouble TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* L */
|
||||
void trio_set_longdouble TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_longdouble));
|
||||
int trio_get_alternative TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* # */
|
||||
void trio_set_alternative TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_alternative));
|
||||
int trio_get_alignment TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* - */
|
||||
void trio_set_alignment TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_leftaligned));
|
||||
int trio_get_spacing TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* (space) */
|
||||
void trio_set_spacing TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_space));
|
||||
int trio_get_sign TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* + */
|
||||
void trio_set_sign TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_showsign));
|
||||
#if TRIO_FEATURE_QUOTE
|
||||
int trio_get_quote TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* ' */
|
||||
void trio_set_quote TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_quote));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int trio_get_upper TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref));
|
||||
void trio_set_upper TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_upper));
|
||||
#if TRIO_FEATURE_INTMAX_T
|
||||
int trio_get_largest TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* j */
|
||||
void trio_set_largest TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_largest));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TRIO_FEATURE_PTRDIFF_T
|
||||
int trio_get_ptrdiff TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* t */
|
||||
void trio_set_ptrdiff TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_ptrdiff));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TRIO_FEATURE_SIZE_T
|
||||
int trio_get_size TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref)); /* z / Z */
|
||||
void trio_set_size TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int is_size));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Printing */
|
||||
int trio_print_ref TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, const char *format, ...));
|
||||
int trio_vprint_ref TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, const char *format, va_list args));
|
||||
int trio_printv_ref TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, const char *format, trio_pointer_t *args));
|
||||
|
||||
void trio_print_int TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, int number));
|
||||
void trio_print_uint TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, unsigned int number));
|
||||
/* void trio_print_long TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, long number)); */
|
||||
/* void trio_print_ulong TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, unsigned long number)); */
|
||||
void trio_print_double TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, double number));
|
||||
void trio_print_string TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, TRIO_CONST char *string));
|
||||
void trio_print_pointer TRIO_PROTO((trio_pointer_t ref, trio_pointer_t pointer));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
} /* extern "C" */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TRIO_TRIOP_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,681 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Id: triostr.h,v 1.18 2010/01/26 13:02:02 breese Exp $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
|
||||
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
|
||||
* CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRIO_TRIOSTR_H
|
||||
#define TRIO_TRIOSTR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Documentation is located in triostr.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include "triodef.h"
|
||||
#include "triop.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
TRIO_HASH_NONE = 0,
|
||||
TRIO_HASH_PLAIN,
|
||||
TRIO_HASH_TWOSIGNED
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_PUBLIC)
|
||||
# define TRIO_PUBLIC
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING TRIO_PUBLIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Dependencies
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_EMBED_STRING)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The application that triostr is embedded in must define which functions
|
||||
* it uses.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following resolves internal dependencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SET)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE_MAX) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DUPLICATE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_DUPLICATE)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_CREATE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_CREATE
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_COPY_MAX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_COPY_MAX
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_CREATE)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DESTROY)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DESTROY
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DESTROY) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SET)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_DESTROY)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_DESTROY
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_LOCALE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_CASE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_CASE)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_SUBSTRING_MAX) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_MAX) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_MAX)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_MAX)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_MAX
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_DOUBLE) \
|
||||
|| defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_FLOAT)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG_DOUBLE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG_DOUBLE
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_TERMINATE)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_CHAR)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_CHAR
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_CHAR)
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SIZE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SIZE
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* When triostr is not embedded all functions are defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_APPEND
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_APPEND_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_CONTAINS
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_COPY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_COPY_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_CREATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_DESTROY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_LOCALE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_ERROR
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_WINCE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_FORMAT_DATE_MAX
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_HASH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_INDEX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_INDEX_LAST
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_LENGTH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_LENGTH_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_LOWER
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_MATCH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_MATCH_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_SPAN_FUNCTION
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_SUBSTRING
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_SUBSTRING_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_DOUBLE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_FLOAT
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG_DOUBLE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_LOWER
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_UNSIGNED_LONG
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TO_UPPER
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_TOKENIZE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_UPPER
|
||||
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_APPEND
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_CONTAINS
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_COPY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_CREATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DESTROY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DUPLICATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_CASE_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EXTRACT
|
||||
# if !defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_WINCE)
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_FORMAT_DATE_MAX
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_GET
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_INDEX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_INDEX_LAST
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_LENGTH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_LOWER
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_MATCH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_MATCH_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SIZE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SUBSTRING
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_TERMINATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_STRING_UPPER
|
||||
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_CHAR
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_CONTAINS
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_COPY
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_DUPLICATE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_CASE_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_MAX
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_MATCH
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_MATCH_CASE
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SET
|
||||
# define TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SUBSTRING
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* String functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_APPEND)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_append
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, TRIO_CONST char *source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_APPEND_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_append_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_CONTAINS)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_contains
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, TRIO_CONST char *substring));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_COPY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_copy
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, TRIO_CONST char *source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_COPY_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_copy_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_CREATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_create
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((size_t size));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_DESTROY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING void
|
||||
trio_destroy
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *string));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_duplicate
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_DUPLICATE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_duplicate_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, size_t max));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_equal
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *first, TRIO_CONST char *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_equal_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *first, TRIO_CONST char *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_CASE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_equal_case_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *first, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_LOCALE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_equal_locale
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *first, TRIO_CONST char *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_EQUAL_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_equal_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *first, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_ERROR)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING TRIO_CONST char *
|
||||
trio_error
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((int));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_FORMAT_DATE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING size_t
|
||||
trio_format_date_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *format, TRIO_CONST struct tm *datetime));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_HASH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING unsigned long
|
||||
trio_hash
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, int type));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_INDEX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_index
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, int character));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_INDEX_LAST)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_index_last
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, int character));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_LENGTH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING size_t
|
||||
trio_length
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_LENGTH_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING size_t
|
||||
trio_length_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, size_t max));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_LOWER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_lower
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_MATCH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_match
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, TRIO_CONST char *pattern));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_MATCH_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_match_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, TRIO_CONST char *pattern));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_SPAN_FUNCTION)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING size_t
|
||||
trio_span_function
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target, TRIO_CONST char *source, int (*Function) TRIO_PROTO((int))));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_SUBSTRING)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_substring
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, TRIO_CONST char *substring));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_SUBSTRING_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_substring_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *string, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *substring));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_DOUBLE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING double
|
||||
trio_to_double
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, char **endp));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_FLOAT)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING float
|
||||
trio_to_float
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, char **endp));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING long
|
||||
trio_to_long
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, char **endp, int base));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_LOWER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_to_lower
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((int source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_LONG_DOUBLE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING trio_long_double_t
|
||||
trio_to_long_double
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, char **endp));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_UNSIGNED_LONG)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING unsigned long
|
||||
trio_to_unsigned_long
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *source, char **endp, int base));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TO_UPPER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_to_upper
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((int source));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_TOKENIZE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_tokenize
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *string, TRIO_CONST char *delimiters));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_UPPER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_upper
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((char *target));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************
|
||||
* Dynamic string functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Opaque type for dynamic strings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _trio_string_t trio_string_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_APPEND)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_append
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_CONTAINS)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_contains
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_COPY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_copy
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_CREATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING trio_string_t *
|
||||
trio_string_create
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((int initial_size));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DESTROY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING void
|
||||
trio_string_destroy
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_DUPLICATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING trio_string_t *
|
||||
trio_string_duplicate
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_equal
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_equal_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, size_t max, trio_string_t *second));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_equal_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EQUAL_CASE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_equal_case_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, size_t max, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_EXTRACT)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_string_extract
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_FORMAT_DATE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING size_t
|
||||
trio_string_format_date_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *format, TRIO_CONST struct tm *datetime));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_GET)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_string_get
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, int offset));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_INDEX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_string_index
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, int character));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_INDEX_LAST)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_string_index_last
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, int character));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_LENGTH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_length
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_LOWER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_lower
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_MATCH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_match
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_MATCH_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_match_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SIZE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_size
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_SUBSTRING)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_string_substring
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, trio_string_t *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_TERMINATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING void
|
||||
trio_string_terminate
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_STRING_UPPER)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_string_upper
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_append
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_CHAR)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_append_char
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, char character));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_APPEND_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_append_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other, size_t max));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_CONTAINS)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_contains
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_COPY)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_copy
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_DUPLICATE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING trio_string_t *
|
||||
trio_xstring_duplicate
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_equal
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_equal_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_equal_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_EQUAL_CASE_MAX)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_equal_case_max
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, size_t max, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_MATCH)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_match
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_MATCH_CASE)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING int
|
||||
trio_xstring_match_case
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SET)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING void
|
||||
trio_xstring_set
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, char *buffer));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TRIO_FUNC_XSTRING_SUBSTRING)
|
||||
TRIO_PUBLIC_STRING char *
|
||||
trio_xstring_substring
|
||||
TRIO_PROTO((trio_string_t *self, TRIO_CONST char *other));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TRIO_TRIOSTR_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
|
|||
2010-06-04 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 0.18.1 released.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
top_builddir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
# The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a
|
||||
# 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed
|
||||
# by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".".
|
||||
# In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular:
|
||||
# 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool),
|
||||
# the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted.
|
||||
# 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise
|
||||
# 'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with
|
||||
# "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la
|
||||
# files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl.
|
||||
VPATH = $(srcdir)
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir)
|
||||
subdir = intl
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
|
||||
# We use $(mkdir_p).
|
||||
# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
|
||||
# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
|
||||
# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
|
||||
# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
|
||||
# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
|
||||
# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
|
||||
install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
|
||||
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
|
||||
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
|
||||
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
|
||||
# Windows resource compiler (windres). Used when libtool is not used.
|
||||
WINDRES = @WINDRES@
|
||||
# Windows resource compiler (windres). Used via libtool.
|
||||
RC = @RC@
|
||||
|
||||
# Support for silent-rules.
|
||||
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_at_0 = @
|
||||
AM_V_AR = $(am__v_AR_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_AR_ = $(am__v_AR_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_AR_0 = @echo " AR " $@;
|
||||
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
|
||||
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
|
||||
AM_V_YACC = $(am__v_YACC_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_YACC_ = $(am__v_YACC_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_YACC_0 = @echo " YACC " $@;
|
||||
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_$(V))
|
||||
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@INTL_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@)
|
||||
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
|
||||
|
||||
# -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
|
||||
# -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
|
||||
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \
|
||||
-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
|
||||
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
|
||||
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
|
||||
-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@)
|
||||
LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols
|
||||
LDFLAGS_no =
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = \
|
||||
gmo.h \
|
||||
gettextP.h \
|
||||
hash-string.h \
|
||||
loadinfo.h \
|
||||
plural-exp.h \
|
||||
eval-plural.h \
|
||||
localcharset.h \
|
||||
lock.h \
|
||||
relocatable.h \
|
||||
tsearch.h tsearch.c \
|
||||
xsize.h \
|
||||
printf-args.h printf-args.c \
|
||||
printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
|
||||
vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
|
||||
os2compat.h \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
SOURCES = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.c \
|
||||
dcgettext.c \
|
||||
dgettext.c \
|
||||
gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c \
|
||||
hash-string.c \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.c \
|
||||
localealias.c \
|
||||
textdomain.c \
|
||||
l10nflist.c \
|
||||
explodename.c \
|
||||
dcigettext.c \
|
||||
dcngettext.c \
|
||||
dngettext.c \
|
||||
ngettext.c \
|
||||
plural.y \
|
||||
plural-exp.c \
|
||||
localcharset.c \
|
||||
threadlib.c \
|
||||
lock.c \
|
||||
relocatable.c \
|
||||
langprefs.c \
|
||||
localename.c \
|
||||
log.c \
|
||||
printf.c \
|
||||
setlocale.c \
|
||||
version.c \
|
||||
osdep.c \
|
||||
os2compat.c \
|
||||
intl-exports.c \
|
||||
intl-compat.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo \
|
||||
dcgettext.$lo \
|
||||
dgettext.$lo \
|
||||
gettext.$lo \
|
||||
finddomain.$lo \
|
||||
hash-string.$lo \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.$lo \
|
||||
localealias.$lo \
|
||||
textdomain.$lo \
|
||||
l10nflist.$lo \
|
||||
explodename.$lo \
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo \
|
||||
dcngettext.$lo \
|
||||
dngettext.$lo \
|
||||
ngettext.$lo \
|
||||
plural.$lo \
|
||||
plural-exp.$lo \
|
||||
localcharset.$lo \
|
||||
threadlib.$lo \
|
||||
lock.$lo \
|
||||
relocatable.$lo \
|
||||
langprefs.$lo \
|
||||
localename.$lo \
|
||||
log.$lo \
|
||||
printf.$lo \
|
||||
setlocale.$lo \
|
||||
version.$lo \
|
||||
osdep.$lo \
|
||||
intl-compat.$lo
|
||||
OBJECTS_RES_yes = libintl.res.$lo
|
||||
OBJECTS_RES_no =
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
|
||||
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h libintl.rc \
|
||||
$(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
|
||||
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc README.woe32
|
||||
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
|
||||
COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-static \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared Makefile.msvc
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
|
||||
all-no-no:
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)rm -f $@
|
||||
$(AM_V_AR)$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS_RES_@WOE32@)
|
||||
$(AM_V_GEN)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=link \
|
||||
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
|
||||
$(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ @LTLIBC@ \
|
||||
$(OBJECTS_RES_@WOE32@) \
|
||||
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
|
||||
-rpath $(libdir) \
|
||||
-no-undefined
|
||||
|
||||
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
|
||||
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
|
||||
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
|
||||
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
|
||||
# change these values.
|
||||
LTV_CURRENT=9
|
||||
LTV_REVISION=1
|
||||
LTV_AGE=1
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.y.c:
|
||||
$(AM_V_YACC)$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)rm -f $*.h
|
||||
|
||||
bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
|
||||
dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
|
||||
dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
|
||||
gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
|
||||
finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
|
||||
hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
|
||||
loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
|
||||
localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
|
||||
textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
|
||||
l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
|
||||
explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
|
||||
dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
|
||||
dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
|
||||
dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
|
||||
ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
|
||||
plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
|
||||
plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
|
||||
localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
|
||||
threadlib.lo: $(srcdir)/threadlib.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/threadlib.c
|
||||
lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c
|
||||
relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
|
||||
langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
|
||||
localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
|
||||
log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
|
||||
printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
|
||||
setlocale.lo: $(srcdir)/setlocale.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/setlocale.c
|
||||
version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c
|
||||
osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
|
||||
intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
|
||||
$(AM_V_CC)$(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
|
||||
|
||||
# This rule is executed only on Woe32 systems.
|
||||
# The following sed expressions come from the windres-options script. They are
|
||||
# inlined here, so that they can be written in a Makefile without requiring a
|
||||
# temporary file. They must contain literal newlines rather than semicolons,
|
||||
# so that they work with the sed-3.02 that is shipped with MSYS.
|
||||
libintl.res.o: $(srcdir)/libintl.rc
|
||||
nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"; \
|
||||
sed_extract_major='/^[0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_minor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_subminor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.][0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
$(WINDRES) \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_STRING=\\\"$(VERSION)\\\"" \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_major"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_minor"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_subminor"` \
|
||||
-i $(srcdir)/libintl.rc -o libintl.res.o --output-format=coff
|
||||
libintl.res.lo: $(srcdir)/libintl.rc
|
||||
nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"; \
|
||||
sed_extract_major='/^[0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_minor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_subminor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.][0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile --tag=RC $(RC) \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_STRING=\\\"$(VERSION)\\\"" \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_major"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_minor"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_subminor"` \
|
||||
-i $(srcdir)/libintl.rc -o libintl.res.lo --output-format=coff
|
||||
|
||||
ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
|
||||
mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
|
||||
ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
|
||||
mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../include
|
||||
|
||||
libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_NEWLOCALE''@,@HAVE_NEWLOCALE@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \
|
||||
| if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
cat; \
|
||||
fi \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \
|
||||
-e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \
|
||||
> libgnuintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_NEWLOCALE''@,@HAVE_NEWLOCALE@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
|
||||
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
|
||||
mv t-$@ $@
|
||||
|
||||
check: all
|
||||
|
||||
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
|
||||
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
|
||||
# separate library.
|
||||
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
|
||||
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
install-exec: all
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
|
||||
if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
|
||||
dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
|
||||
if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
|
||||
case '@host_os@' in \
|
||||
darwin[56]*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=true ;; \
|
||||
darwin* | cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=false ;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=true ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=false; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if $$need_charset_alias; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
|
||||
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if $$need_charset_alias; then \
|
||||
orig=charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
|
||||
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|
||||
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|
||||
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
install-data: all
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
|
||||
dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
|
||||
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
|
||||
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
install-strip: install
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi install-html install-info install-ps install-pdf:
|
||||
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
|
||||
case '@host_os@' in \
|
||||
darwin[56]*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=true ;; \
|
||||
darwin* | cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=false ;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=true ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
need_charset_alias=false; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if $$need_charset_alias; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
|
||||
installcheck:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
|
||||
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
|
||||
rm -f $$dest; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
|
||||
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
|
||||
rm -f $$dest; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
info dvi ps pdf html:
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../include/config.h libgnuintl.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo setlocale.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
|
||||
localename.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h
|
||||
hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
|
||||
explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
|
||||
localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h
|
||||
localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
|
||||
printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
|
||||
|
||||
# A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes <libintl.h> if ENABLE_NLS.
|
||||
PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h
|
||||
PLURAL_DEPS_no =
|
||||
plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@)
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
|
||||
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
|
||||
rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
rm -f -r .libs _libs
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
|
||||
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist distdir: Makefile
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
|
||||
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
|
||||
# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
|
||||
# cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.18.1
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006, 2008 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef offsetof
|
||||
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
|
||||
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
|
||||
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
|
||||
modified, only the current value is returned.
|
||||
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
|
||||
modified nor returned. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
int modified;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->dirname;
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->codeset;
|
||||
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (binding->codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->codeset = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
|
||||
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Simply return the default values. */
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dirname = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = dirname;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
codeset = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = codeset;
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
while (binding->next != NULL
|
||||
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
|
||||
binding = binding->next;
|
||||
|
||||
new_binding->next = binding->next;
|
||||
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
|
||||
if (0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
failed_codeset:
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (new_binding->dirname);
|
||||
failed_dirname:
|
||||
free (new_binding);
|
||||
failed:
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
|
||||
if (modified)
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
|
||||
return (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
|
||||
return (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The table consists of lines of the form
|
||||
# ALIAS CANONICAL
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
|
||||
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
|
||||
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
|
||||
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
|
||||
# MIME charset name is preferred.
|
||||
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name MIME? used by which systems
|
||||
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
|
||||
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# KOI8-T glibc
|
||||
# CP437 dos
|
||||
# CP775 dos
|
||||
# CP850 aix osf dos
|
||||
# CP852 dos
|
||||
# CP855 dos
|
||||
# CP856 aix
|
||||
# CP857 dos
|
||||
# CP861 dos
|
||||
# CP862 dos
|
||||
# CP864 dos
|
||||
# CP865 dos
|
||||
# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
|
||||
# CP869 dos
|
||||
# CP874 woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP922 aix
|
||||
# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP943 aix
|
||||
# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP950 woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP1046 aix
|
||||
# CP1124 aix
|
||||
# CP1125 dos
|
||||
# CP1129 aix
|
||||
# CP1131 darwin
|
||||
# CP1250 woe32
|
||||
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32
|
||||
# CP1252 aix woe32
|
||||
# CP1253 woe32
|
||||
# CP1254 woe32
|
||||
# CP1255 glibc woe32
|
||||
# CP1256 woe32
|
||||
# CP1257 woe32
|
||||
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
|
||||
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin
|
||||
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos
|
||||
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin
|
||||
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
|
||||
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
|
||||
# VISCII Y glibc
|
||||
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
|
||||
# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin
|
||||
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin
|
||||
# PT154 glibc
|
||||
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-KANA8 hpux
|
||||
# DEC-KANJI osf
|
||||
# DEC-HANYU osf
|
||||
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
|
||||
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
|
||||
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
|
||||
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
|
||||
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
|
||||
# List of references, updated during installation:
|
||||
echo "# Packages using this file: "
|
||||
case "$os" in
|
||||
linux-gnulibc1*)
|
||||
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
echo "POSIX ASCII"
|
||||
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
|
||||
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
|
||||
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
|
||||
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
|
||||
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
|
||||
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
|
||||
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
|
||||
sv_FI sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
|
||||
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
|
||||
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ar ar_SA; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
|
||||
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in tr tr_TR; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
|
||||
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
|
||||
echo "$l KOI8-U"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in zh zh_CN; do
|
||||
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
|
||||
echo "$l GB2312"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
|
||||
echo "$l EUC-JP"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ko ko_KR; do
|
||||
echo "$l EUC-KR"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in th th_TH; do
|
||||
echo "$l TIS-620"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in fa fa_IR; do
|
||||
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | *-gnu*)
|
||||
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
|
||||
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
|
||||
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
|
||||
# need to install the alias file at all.
|
||||
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
|
||||
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
|
||||
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
|
||||
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
|
||||
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux*)
|
||||
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
|
||||
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
|
||||
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
|
||||
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
|
||||
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
|
||||
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
|
||||
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
|
||||
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "cp850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
|
||||
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
|
||||
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
|
||||
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
|
||||
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
echo "646 ASCII"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
|
||||
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
|
||||
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
|
||||
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
|
||||
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | os2*)
|
||||
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
|
||||
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
|
||||
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
|
||||
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
|
||||
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
|
||||
done
|
||||
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
echo "646 ASCII"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
echo "646 ASCII"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin[56]*)
|
||||
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
|
||||
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
|
||||
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_RU; do
|
||||
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in bg_BG; do
|
||||
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
|
||||
done
|
||||
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
|
||||
# useless:
|
||||
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
|
||||
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
|
||||
# LC_CTYPE file.
|
||||
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
|
||||
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
|
||||
# - The documentation says:
|
||||
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
|
||||
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
|
||||
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
|
||||
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
|
||||
# It also says
|
||||
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
|
||||
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
|
||||
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
|
||||
# characters are decomposed ..."
|
||||
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
|
||||
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
|
||||
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
|
||||
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
|
||||
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
|
||||
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
|
||||
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
|
||||
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
|
||||
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
|
||||
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
|
||||
# space nevertheless.
|
||||
# Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
|
||||
# and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
|
||||
# when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
|
||||
# file names are in US-ASCII.
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U"
|
||||
echo "CP866 CP866"
|
||||
echo "CP949 CP949"
|
||||
echo "CP1131 CP1131"
|
||||
echo "CP1251 CP1251"
|
||||
echo "eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "GB2312 GB2312"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "Big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8"
|
||||
echo "PT154 PT154"
|
||||
#echo "ISCII-DEV ?"
|
||||
echo "* UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos* | haiku*)
|
||||
# BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
echo "* UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
msdosdjgpp*)
|
||||
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
|
||||
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
|
||||
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
|
||||
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
|
||||
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
|
||||
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-1 languages
|
||||
echo "ca CP850"
|
||||
echo "ca_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "de CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_AT CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_DE CP850"
|
||||
echo "en CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "en_CA CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_GB CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_NZ CP437"
|
||||
echo "en_US CP437"
|
||||
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "es CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_AR CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_BO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CL CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CR CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CU CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_DO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_EC CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_GT CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_HN CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_MX CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_NI CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PA CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PY CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PE CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_SV CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_UY CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_VE CP850"
|
||||
echo "et CP850"
|
||||
echo "et_EE CP850"
|
||||
echo "eu CP850"
|
||||
echo "eu_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "fi CP850"
|
||||
echo "fi_FI CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_BE CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_CA CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_FR CP850"
|
||||
echo "ga CP850"
|
||||
echo "ga_IE CP850"
|
||||
echo "gd CP850"
|
||||
echo "gd_GB CP850"
|
||||
echo "gl CP850"
|
||||
echo "gl_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "it CP850"
|
||||
echo "it_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "it_IT CP850"
|
||||
echo "lt CP775"
|
||||
echo "lt_LT CP775"
|
||||
echo "lv CP775"
|
||||
echo "lv_LV CP775"
|
||||
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nl CP850"
|
||||
echo "nl_BE CP850"
|
||||
echo "nl_NL CP850"
|
||||
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "pt CP850"
|
||||
echo "pt_BR CP850"
|
||||
echo "pt_PT CP850"
|
||||
echo "sv CP850"
|
||||
echo "sv_SE CP850"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-2 languages
|
||||
echo "cs CP852"
|
||||
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
|
||||
echo "hr CP852"
|
||||
echo "hr_HR CP852"
|
||||
echo "hu CP852"
|
||||
echo "hu_HU CP852"
|
||||
echo "pl CP852"
|
||||
echo "pl_PL CP852"
|
||||
echo "ro CP852"
|
||||
echo "ro_RO CP852"
|
||||
echo "sk CP852"
|
||||
echo "sk_SK CP852"
|
||||
echo "sl CP852"
|
||||
echo "sl_SI CP852"
|
||||
echo "sq CP852"
|
||||
echo "sq_AL CP852"
|
||||
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
# ISO-8859-3 languages
|
||||
echo "mt CP850"
|
||||
echo "mt_MT CP850"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-5 languages
|
||||
echo "be CP866"
|
||||
echo "be_BE CP866"
|
||||
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "ru CP866"
|
||||
echo "ru_RU CP866"
|
||||
echo "uk CP1125"
|
||||
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-6 languages
|
||||
echo "ar CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_AE CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_EG CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_IR CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_JO CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_KW CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_MA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_OM CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_QA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_SA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_SY CP864"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-7 languages
|
||||
echo "el CP869"
|
||||
echo "el_GR CP869"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-8 languages
|
||||
echo "he CP862"
|
||||
echo "he_IL CP862"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-9 languages
|
||||
echo "tr CP857"
|
||||
echo "tr_TR CP857"
|
||||
# Japanese
|
||||
echo "ja CP932"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP CP932"
|
||||
# Chinese
|
||||
echo "zh_CN GBK"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
|
||||
# Korean
|
||||
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
|
||||
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
|
||||
# Thai
|
||||
echo "th CP874"
|
||||
echo "th_TH CP874"
|
||||
# Other
|
||||
echo "eo CP850"
|
||||
echo "eo_EO CP850"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Plural expression evaluation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STATIC
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (pexp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case var:
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
case num:
|
||||
return pexp->val.num;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
|
||||
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return ! arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
if (pexp->operation == lor)
|
||||
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else if (pexp->operation == land)
|
||||
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case mult:
|
||||
return leftarg * rightarg;
|
||||
case divide:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg / rightarg;
|
||||
case module:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg % rightarg;
|
||||
case plus:
|
||||
return leftarg + rightarg;
|
||||
case minus:
|
||||
return leftarg - rightarg;
|
||||
case less_than:
|
||||
return leftarg < rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_than:
|
||||
return leftarg > rightarg;
|
||||
case less_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg <= rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg >= rightarg;
|
||||
case equal:
|
||||
return leftarg == rightarg;
|
||||
case not_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg != rightarg;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
|
||||
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
|
||||
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
|
||||
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
|
||||
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
|
||||
++name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
|
||||
const char **language, const char **modifier,
|
||||
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
*modifier = NULL;
|
||||
*territory = NULL;
|
||||
*codeset = NULL;
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = 0;
|
||||
*language = cp = name;
|
||||
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*language == cp)
|
||||
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
|
||||
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the territory. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*territory = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the codeset. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*codeset = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
|
||||
cp - *codeset);
|
||||
if (*normalized_codeset == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
|
||||
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
|
||||
else
|
||||
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '@')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the modifier. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*modifier = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
return mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
/* List of already loaded domains. */
|
||||
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
|
||||
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
|
||||
established bindings. */
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
|
||||
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
const char *territory;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *normalized_codeset;
|
||||
const char *alias_value;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
|
||||
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
|
||||
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
|
||||
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
|
||||
the following order:
|
||||
(1) codeset
|
||||
(2) normalized codeset
|
||||
(3) territory
|
||||
(4) modifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
|
||||
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know something about this locale. */
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
|
||||
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
|
||||
done. */
|
||||
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
locale = strdup (alias_value);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
|
||||
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
|
||||
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
|
||||
if (mask == -1)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
|
||||
generalization. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
|
||||
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
|
||||
domainname, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
free (locale);
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
|
||||
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
|
||||
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
|
||||
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
|
||||
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
|
||||
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
while (runp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
|
||||
if (runp->data != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
|
||||
runp = runp->next;
|
||||
free ((char *) here->filename);
|
||||
free (here);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n);
|
||||
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
|
||||
internal_function attribute_hidden;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
|
||||
call them under their real name. */
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category,
|
||||
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef W
|
||||
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <byteswap.h>
|
||||
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
SWAP (nls_uint32 i)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
SWAP (i)
|
||||
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
|
||||
const char *pointer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
|
||||
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
|
||||
basis. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The target encoding name. */
|
||||
const char *encoding;
|
||||
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
|
||||
this target encoding. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
__gconv_t conv;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
iconv_t conv;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
|
||||
char **conv_tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
|
||||
int use_mmap;
|
||||
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
|
||||
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
|
||||
void *malloced;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
/* Pointer to hash table. */
|
||||
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap_hash_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain *conversions;
|
||||
size_t nconversions;
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock)
|
||||
|
||||
const struct expression *plural;
|
||||
unsigned long int nplurals;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
|
||||
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define ZERO 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ZERO 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
|
||||
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
|
||||
struct binding
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *next;
|
||||
char *dirname;
|
||||
char *codeset;
|
||||
char domainname[ZERO];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
|
||||
become invalid.
|
||||
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
# include <glocale/config.h>
|
||||
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_thread_unsafe _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_thread _nl_locale_name_thread
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname); */
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_environ _nl_locale_name_environ
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_environ (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name
|
||||
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname); */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
|
||||
const char *__domainname,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
|
||||
const char *msgid,
|
||||
size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
|
||||
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
|
||||
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
|
||||
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettextP.h */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
|
||||
when cross-compiling. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
|
||||
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_segment
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Size of static segment. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 segsize;
|
||||
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
|
||||
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair segments[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
||||
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
|
||||
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||
hval = 0;
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
hval ^= g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
|
||||
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __hash_string hash_string
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
|
||||
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
|
||||
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
|
||||
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
|
||||
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
|
||||
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
|
||||
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
|
||||
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
#undef dgettext
|
||||
#undef dcgettext
|
||||
#undef ngettext
|
||||
#undef dngettext
|
||||
#undef dcngettext
|
||||
#undef textdomain
|
||||
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
|
||||
#define IMP(x) _imp__##x
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
|
||||
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
|
||||
#define VARIABLE(x) \
|
||||
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
|
||||
snippet: \
|
||||
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
|
||||
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".data\n"); \
|
||||
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
|
||||
extern int x; \
|
||||
void * IMP(x) = &x;
|
||||
|
||||
VARIABLE(libintl_version)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
# include <argz.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
|
||||
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count argz_count
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count = 0;
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len + 1;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
|
||||
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
|
||||
except the last into the character SEP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
*argz++ = sep;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next argz_next
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
|
||||
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (argz_len > 0)
|
||||
return argz;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
pop (int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
|
||||
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
|
||||
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
|
||||
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *abs_filename;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
size_t dirlist_count;
|
||||
size_t entries;
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
|
||||
DIRLIST. */
|
||||
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
|
||||
dirlist_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
|
||||
+ strlen (language)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (abs_filename == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||
cp = abs_filename;
|
||||
if (dirlist_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
cp += dirlist_len;
|
||||
cp[-1] = '/';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '@';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||
available. */
|
||||
lastp = l10nfile_list;
|
||||
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's not in the list. */
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lastp = &retval->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
|
||||
retval =
|
||||
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
|
||||
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
|
||||
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval->filename = abs_filename;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
|
||||
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
|
||||
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
|
||||
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
|
||||
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|
||||
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
|
||||
retval->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval->next = *lastp;
|
||||
*lastp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
entries = 0;
|
||||
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
|
||||
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
|
||||
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
|
||||
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
|
||||
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
|
||||
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
|
||||
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
|
||||
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
|
||||
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
|
||||
normalized_codeset. */
|
||||
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirlist_count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||
!= NULL)
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
|
||||
1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = 0;
|
||||
int only_digit = 1;
|
||||
char *retval;
|
||||
char *wp;
|
||||
size_t cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
++len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
only_digit = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (only_digit)
|
||||
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
|
||||
else
|
||||
wp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
|
||||
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
|
||||
|
||||
*wp = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (const char *) retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.
|
||||
Win32 code originally by Michele Cicciotti <hackbunny@reactos.com>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME
|
||||
# define MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME 8
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
# define STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW 0x80000005
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the preferences list through the MUI APIs. This works on Windows Vista
|
||||
and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DWORD GetUserPreferredUILanguages (ULONG dwFlags,
|
||||
PULONG pulNumLanguages,
|
||||
PWSTR pwszLanguagesBuffer,
|
||||
PULONG pcchLanguagesBuffer); */
|
||||
typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func) (ULONG, PULONG, PWSTR, PULONG);
|
||||
GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages =
|
||||
(GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserPreferredUILanguages");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ULONG num_languages;
|
||||
ULONG bufsize;
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
bufsize = 0;
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
NULL, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret == 0
|
||||
&& GetLastError () == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
&& bufsize > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WCHAR *buffer = (WCHAR *) malloc (bufsize * sizeof (WCHAR));
|
||||
if (buffer != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
buffer, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Convert the list from NUL-delimited WCHAR[] Win32 locale
|
||||
names to colon-delimited char[] Unix locale names.
|
||||
We assume that all these locale names are in ASCII,
|
||||
nonempty and contain no colons. */
|
||||
char *languages =
|
||||
(char *) malloc (bufsize + num_languages * 10 + 1);
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const WCHAR *p = buffer;
|
||||
char *q = languages;
|
||||
ULONG i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < num_languages; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *q1;
|
||||
char *q2;
|
||||
|
||||
q1 = q;
|
||||
if (i > 0)
|
||||
*q++ = ':';
|
||||
q2 = q;
|
||||
for (; *p != (WCHAR)'\0'; p++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((unsigned char) *p != *p || *p == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A non-ASCII character or a colon inside
|
||||
the Win32 locale name! Punt. */
|
||||
q = q1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q++ = (unsigned char) *p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (q == q1)
|
||||
/* An unexpected Win32 locale name occurred. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (q2);
|
||||
q = q2 + strlen (q2);
|
||||
p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
if (q > languages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (languages);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows ME and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* LANGID GetUserDefaultUILanguage (void); */
|
||||
typedef LANGID (WINAPI *GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func) (void);
|
||||
GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage =
|
||||
(GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserDefaultUILanguage");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage != NULL)
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage ());
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows 95 and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
HKEY desktop_resource_locale_key;
|
||||
|
||||
if (RegOpenKeyExA (HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
|
||||
"Control Panel\\Desktop\\ResourceLocale",
|
||||
0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &desktop_resource_locale_key)
|
||||
== NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD type;
|
||||
char data[8 + 1];
|
||||
DWORD data_size = sizeof (data);
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = RegQueryValueExA (desktop_resource_locale_key, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
&type, data, &data_size);
|
||||
RegCloseKey (desktop_resource_locale_key);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We expect a string, at most 8 bytes long, that parses as a
|
||||
hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
if (type == REG_SZ
|
||||
&& data_size <= sizeof (data)
|
||||
&& (data_size < sizeof (data)
|
||||
|| data[sizeof (data) - 1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCID lcid;
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
/* Ensure it's NUL terminated. */
|
||||
if (data_size < sizeof (data))
|
||||
data[data_size] = '\0';
|
||||
/* Parse it as a hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
lcid = strtoul (data, &endp, 16);
|
||||
if (endp > data && *endp == '\0')
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (lcid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the system's preference. This can be used as a fallback. */
|
||||
static BOOL CALLBACK
|
||||
ret_first_language (HMODULE h, LPCSTR type, LPCSTR name, WORD lang, LONG_PTR param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(const char **)param = _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (lang);
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_system (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
/* Ignore the warning on mingw here. mingw has a wrong definition of the last
|
||||
parameter type of ENUMRESLANGPROC. */
|
||||
EnumResourceLanguages (kernel32, RT_VERSION, MAKEINTRESOURCE (1),
|
||||
ret_first_language, (LONG_PTR)&languages);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
|
||||
locale names in XPG syntax
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
|
||||
already taken into account by the caller. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef preferences =
|
||||
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
|
||||
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
|
||||
if (preferences != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
|
||||
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
size_t size = 0;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
|
||||
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
|
||||
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
|
||||
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
|
||||
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
|
||||
the preferences list. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (size > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *p = languages;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element =
|
||||
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
strcpy (p, buf);
|
||||
p += strlen (buf);
|
||||
*p++ = ':';
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--p = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since computing it is expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the new code only when the GETTEXT_MUI environment variable is
|
||||
set, for the time being, since the new code is not well tested. */
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized && getenv ("GETTEXT_MUI") != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
|
||||
|
||||
if (kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ();
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_system (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) && @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
|
||||
# include <xlocale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001201
|
||||
extern int libintl_version;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
|
||||
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
|
||||
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
|
||||
POSIX/XSI specification.
|
||||
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
|
||||
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
|
||||
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
|
||||
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
|
||||
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined fprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef fprintf
|
||||
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
|
||||
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vfprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vfprintf
|
||||
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
|
||||
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined printf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef printf
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__.
|
||||
Alternatively, we could have done this redirection only when compiling with
|
||||
__GNUC__, together with a symbol redirection:
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__asm__ (#__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ "libintl_printf");
|
||||
But doing it now would introduce a binary incompatibility with already
|
||||
distributed versions of libintl on these systems. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define printf libintl_printf
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vprintf
|
||||
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
|
||||
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined sprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef sprintf
|
||||
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsprintf
|
||||
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
|
||||
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined snprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef snprintf
|
||||
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
|
||||
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vsnprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vsnprintf
|
||||
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
|
||||
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined asprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef asprintf
|
||||
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
|
||||
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !(defined vasprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
#undef vasprintf
|
||||
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
|
||||
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#undef fwprintf
|
||||
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
|
||||
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vfwprintf
|
||||
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
|
||||
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef wprintf
|
||||
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
|
||||
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vwprintf
|
||||
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
|
||||
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef swprintf
|
||||
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
|
||||
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vswprintf
|
||||
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
|
||||
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for the locale chosen by the user. */
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
#undef setlocale
|
||||
#define setlocale libintl_setlocale
|
||||
extern char *setlocale (int, const char *);
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
|
||||
|
||||
#undef newlocale
|
||||
#define newlocale libintl_newlocale
|
||||
extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Resources for intl.dll */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <winver.h>
|
||||
|
||||
VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
|
||||
FILEVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
|
||||
PRODUCTVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
|
||||
FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL /* VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK */
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x1L /* VS_FF_DEBUG */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x0L
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
FILEOS 0x10004L /* VOS_DOS_WINDOWS32 */
|
||||
FILETYPE 0x2L /* VFT_DLL */
|
||||
FILESUBTYPE 0x0L /* VFT2_UNKNOWN */
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "04090000" /* Lang = US English, Charset = ASCII */
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Comments", "This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA\0"
|
||||
VALUE "CompanyName", "Free Software Foundation\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileDescription", "LGPLed libintl for Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista/7 and Windows 95/98/ME\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "InternalName", "intl.dll\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright (C) 1995-2010\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "intl.dll\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductName", "libintl: accessing NLS message catalogs\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
||||
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Translation", 0x0409, 0 /* US English, ASCII */
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
|
||||
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
|
||||
Implemented in
|
||||
|
||||
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
|
||||
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
|
||||
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
|
||||
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
|
||||
|
||||
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
|
||||
in gettextP.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
|
||||
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1
|
||||
#define XPG_CODESET 2
|
||||
#define XPG_TERRITORY 4
|
||||
#define XPG_MODIFIER 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
int decided;
|
||||
|
||||
const void *data;
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
|
||||
size_t name_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
|
||||
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
|
||||
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
|
||||
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
|
||||
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
|
||||
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
|
||||
are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
|
||||
FILENAME is the filename suffix.
|
||||
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
|
||||
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
|
||||
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
|
||||
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
|
||||
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
|
||||
const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
|
||||
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
|
||||
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
|
||||
/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
|
||||
territory, codeset.
|
||||
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
|
||||
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
|
||||
*CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
|
||||
NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
|
||||
is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
|
||||
to be freed by the caller.
|
||||
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
|
||||
filled-in value:
|
||||
XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER,
|
||||
XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
|
||||
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
|
||||
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
|
||||
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
|
||||
const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* loadinfo.h */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,549 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "localcharset.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. MacOS X 10.3 or newer */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __EMX__
|
||||
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
|
||||
# ifndef OS2
|
||||
# define OS2
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# include <langinfo.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if 0 /* see comment below */
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined OS2
|
||||
# define INCL_DOS
|
||||
# include <os2.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get LIBDIR. */
|
||||
#ifndef LIBDIR
|
||||
# include "configmake.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist. */
|
||||
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
|
||||
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
|
||||
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ISSLASH
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef getc
|
||||
# define getc getc_unlocked
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
|
||||
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
|
||||
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
|
||||
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
|
||||
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
|
||||
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
|
||||
#if __STDC__ != 1
|
||||
# define volatile /* empty */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
|
||||
read, else NULL. Its format is:
|
||||
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
|
||||
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
get_charset_aliases (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = charset_aliases;
|
||||
if (cp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
const char *dir;
|
||||
const char *base = "charset.alias";
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
|
||||
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
|
||||
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
|
||||
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
|
||||
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
|
||||
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
|
||||
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
|
||||
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
|
||||
if (add_slash)
|
||||
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
|
||||
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the file. Reject symbolic links on platforms that support
|
||||
O_NOFOLLOW. This is a security feature. Without it, an attacker
|
||||
could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the
|
||||
first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing
|
||||
a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in
|
||||
some writable directory and defining the environment variable
|
||||
CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory. */
|
||||
fd = open (file_name,
|
||||
O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
|
||||
if (fd < 0)
|
||||
/* File not found. Treat it as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fdopen (fd, "r");
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Parse the file's contents. */
|
||||
char *res_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
size_t res_size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
char buf1[50+1];
|
||||
char buf2[50+1];
|
||||
size_t l1, l2;
|
||||
char *old_res_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
l1 = strlen (buf1);
|
||||
l2 = strlen (buf2);
|
||||
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res_ptr == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
res_size = 0;
|
||||
if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
|
||||
free (old_res_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
|
||||
cp = res_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (file_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined DARWIN7
|
||||
/* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many
|
||||
GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --,
|
||||
simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
|
||||
"KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0"
|
||||
"CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0"
|
||||
"CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0"
|
||||
"eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
|
||||
"Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0"
|
||||
"Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0"
|
||||
"GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0"
|
||||
"PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0"
|
||||
/*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/
|
||||
"*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined VMS
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
|
||||
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
|
||||
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
|
||||
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
/* Japanese */
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
|
||||
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
/* Chinese */
|
||||
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
/* Korean */
|
||||
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
|
||||
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
|
||||
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
|
||||
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
|
||||
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
|
||||
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
charset_aliases = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
locale_charset (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
|
||||
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
|
||||
returns "US-ASCII". Return the suffix of the locale name from the
|
||||
environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
|
||||
GetACP(). This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user has set
|
||||
the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few people
|
||||
do).
|
||||
Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
|
||||
GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
|
||||
GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font). Cygwin does
|
||||
this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
|
||||
converting to GetConsoleOutputCP(). This leads to correct results,
|
||||
except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
|
||||
in use. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
|
||||
const char *locale = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
|
||||
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
|
||||
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
|
||||
locale name the user has set. */
|
||||
# if 0
|
||||
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
|
||||
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
|
||||
through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
|
||||
GetACP().
|
||||
When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
|
||||
GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
|
||||
GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
|
||||
But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
|
||||
encoding is the best bet. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined OS2
|
||||
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
ULONG cp[3];
|
||||
ULONG cplen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
|
||||
with standard language environment variables. */
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve alias. */
|
||||
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
|
||||
*aliases != '\0';
|
||||
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
|
||||
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|
||||
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
|
||||
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
|
||||
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
|
||||
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
|
||||
codeset = "ASCII";
|
||||
|
||||
return codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Locale name alias data base.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
|
||||
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
|
||||
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
|
||||
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
|
||||
# All entries are case independent.
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: This file is obsolete and is kept around for the time being for
|
||||
# backward compatibility. Nobody should rely on the names defined here.
|
||||
# Locales should always be specified by their full name.
|
||||
|
||||
# Packages using this file:
|
||||
|
||||
bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
|
||||
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
|
||||
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
|
||||
korean ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
|
||||
no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
|
||||
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
thai th_TH.TIS-620
|
||||
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
# include <stdio_ext.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# undef alloca
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef mempcpy
|
||||
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
|
||||
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
|
||||
# define freea(p) free (p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef fgets
|
||||
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef feof
|
||||
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct alias_map
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
const char *value;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
|
||||
static size_t string_space_act;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_max;
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
|
||||
static size_t nmap;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
static int extend_alias_table (void);
|
||||
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path;
|
||||
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||
const char *result = NULL;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
|
||||
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct alias_map item;
|
||||
|
||||
item.alias = name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap > 0)
|
||||
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
|
||||
sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *,
|
||||
const void *)
|
||||
) alias_compare);
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = retval->value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *start;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
|
||||
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (added != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
char *full_fname;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||
|
||||
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
|
||||
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
|
||||
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
|
||||
disabled. */
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
freea (full_fname);
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
/* No threads present. */
|
||||
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (!FEOF (fp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||
be that long
|
||||
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
|
||||
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
|
||||
memory. */
|
||||
char buf[400];
|
||||
char *alias;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int complete_line;
|
||||
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine whether the line is complete. */
|
||||
complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
alias = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This has to be done to make the following test
|
||||
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
|
||||
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
*cp = '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
/* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
|
||||
that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
|
||||
locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these
|
||||
entries. */
|
||||
if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t alias_len;
|
||||
size_t value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
|
||||
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
|
||||
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
|
||||
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
|
||||
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
|
||||
if (new_pool == NULL)
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string_space = new_pool;
|
||||
string_space_max = new_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].alias =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
alias, alias_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += alias_len;
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].value =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
value, value_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
++nmap;
|
||||
++added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
if (! complete_line)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||
errors. --drepper */
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
|
||||
if (added > 0)
|
||||
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
|
||||
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t new_size;
|
||||
struct alias_map *new_map;
|
||||
|
||||
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
|
||||
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
|
||||
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
|
||||
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
map = new_map;
|
||||
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
|
||||
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
|
||||
unsigned char c1, c2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p1 == p2)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
|
||||
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
|
||||
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
|
||||
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
|
||||
if (c1 == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
++p1;
|
||||
++p2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c1 == c2);
|
||||
|
||||
return c1 - c2;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1059
mednafen/intl/lock.c
1059
mednafen/intl/lock.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,928 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
|
||||
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
|
||||
gthr-win32.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
|
||||
It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
|
||||
synchronization primitives.
|
||||
|
||||
Normal (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_rwlock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
|
||||
err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Recursive locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_recursive_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Once-only execution:
|
||||
Type: gl_once_t
|
||||
Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Execution: err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCK_H
|
||||
#define _LOCK_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() \
|
||||
glthread_in_use ()
|
||||
extern int glthread_in_use (void);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
|
||||
of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want
|
||||
every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes
|
||||
that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
|
||||
loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
|
||||
then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
|
||||
will not be multithread-safe. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
|
||||
whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
|
||||
non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
|
||||
PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
|
||||
call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the
|
||||
address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_once
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
|
||||
# ifndef pthread_self
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_self
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cancel
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
|
||||
We have to implement them ourselves. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
pthread_t owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () \
|
||||
? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pth.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_mutex_release
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_once
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pth_cancel
|
||||
# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# define pth_in_use() 1
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */
|
||||
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
((void)(LOCK), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pth_in_use () \
|
||||
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <thread.h>
|
||||
# include <synch.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak mutex_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_rdlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_wrlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rw_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak rwlock_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak thr_self
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak thr_suspend
|
||||
# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# define thread_in_use() 1
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
DEFAULTMUTEX
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
DEFAULTRWLOCK
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rw_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
|
||||
We have to implement them ourselves. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
thread_t owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile int inited;
|
||||
mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(thread_in_use () \
|
||||
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex,
|
||||
Semaphore types, because
|
||||
- we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
|
||||
not inter-process locking,
|
||||
- we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection
|
||||
does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually
|
||||
define their own mutex type.) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs
|
||||
to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 } }
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
|
||||
introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
|
||||
Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
|
||||
unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
|
||||
unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
|
||||
unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t;
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 } }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_rwlock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a
|
||||
recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a
|
||||
recursive lock without this assumption. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
DWORD owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
|
||||
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile int inited;
|
||||
volatile long started;
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(glthread_once_func (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
|
||||
extern void glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros with built-in error handling. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCK_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Log file output.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator between msgctxt and msgid in .mo files. */
|
||||
#define MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR '\004' /* EOT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str, const char *str_end)
|
||||
{
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
for (; str != str_end; str++)
|
||||
if (*str == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
|
||||
if (str + 1 == str_end)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
|
||||
putc ('\\', stream);
|
||||
putc (*str, stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *logfile;
|
||||
const char *separator;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Close the last used logfile. */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (last_logfile != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fclose (last_logfile);
|
||||
last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (last_logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Open the logfile. */
|
||||
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
|
||||
if (last_logfile == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logfile = last_logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, domainname, domainname + strlen (domainname));
|
||||
separator = strchr (msgid1, MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
if (separator != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The part before the MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR is the msgctxt. */
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgctxt ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, separator);
|
||||
msgid1 = separator + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, msgid1 + strlen (msgid1));
|
||||
if (plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2, msgid2 + strlen (msgid2));
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
|
||||
putc ('\n', logfile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OS2_AWARE
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
|
||||
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char *value;
|
||||
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* A fixed size buffer. */
|
||||
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
|
||||
|
||||
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
|
||||
nlos2_initialize ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
|
||||
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
|
||||
This file is intended to be included from config.h
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
|
||||
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LIBDIR
|
||||
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALEDIR
|
||||
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
|
||||
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
|
||||
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
||||
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
|
||||
#define getenv _nl_getenv
|
||||
|
||||
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
|
||||
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# include "intl-exports.c"
|
||||
#elif defined __EMX__
|
||||
# include "os2compat.c"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __cplusplus) \
|
||||
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
|
||||
|
||||
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
|
||||
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
|
||||
static const struct expression plvar =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = var,
|
||||
};
|
||||
static const struct expression plone =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = num,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.num = 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 2,
|
||||
.operation = not_equal,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.args =
|
||||
{
|
||||
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
|
||||
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
|
||||
Initialization at run-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression plvar;
|
||||
static struct expression plone;
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (plone.val.num == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plvar.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plvar.operation = var;
|
||||
|
||||
plone.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plone.operation = num;
|
||||
plone.val.num = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nullentry != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *plural;
|
||||
const char *nplurals;
|
||||
|
||||
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
|
||||
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
|
||||
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
struct parse_args args;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First get the number. */
|
||||
nplurals += 9;
|
||||
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
|
||||
++nplurals;
|
||||
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
|
||||
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
|
||||
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (nplurals == endp)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*npluralsp = n;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
|
||||
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
|
||||
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
|
||||
is passed down to the parser. */
|
||||
plural += 7;
|
||||
args.cp = plural;
|
||||
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*pluralp = args.res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
|
||||
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
|
||||
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
|
||||
no_plural:
|
||||
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
|
||||
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
*npluralsp = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum expression_operator
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Without arguments: */
|
||||
var, /* The variable "n". */
|
||||
num, /* Decimal number. */
|
||||
/* Unary operators: */
|
||||
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
|
||||
/* Binary operators: */
|
||||
mult, /* Multiplication. */
|
||||
divide, /* Division. */
|
||||
module, /* Modulo operation. */
|
||||
plus, /* Addition. */
|
||||
minus, /* Subtraction. */
|
||||
less_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
|
||||
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
|
||||
land, /* Logical AND. */
|
||||
lor, /* Logical OR. */
|
||||
/* Ternary operators: */
|
||||
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
|
||||
plural form. */
|
||||
struct expression
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
|
||||
enum expression_operator operation;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
|
||||
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
|
||||
} val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
|
||||
the result in a thread-safe way. */
|
||||
struct parse_args
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
struct expression *res;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library,
|
||||
2. in the GNU libintl library,
|
||||
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
|
||||
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
|
||||
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
|
||||
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
|
||||
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
|
||||
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
|
||||
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE)
|
||||
extern unsigned long int plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
|||
%{
|
||||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us
|
||||
to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in
|
||||
bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
|
||||
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.
|
||||
This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */
|
||||
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
|
||||
but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
|
||||
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
|
||||
%}
|
||||
%pure_parser
|
||||
%expect 7
|
||||
|
||||
%union {
|
||||
unsigned long int num;
|
||||
enum expression_operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%{
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
|
||||
static void yyerror (const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocation of expressions. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op,
|
||||
struct expression * const *args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct expression *newp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
if (args[i] == NULL)
|
||||
goto fail;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new expression. */
|
||||
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
|
||||
if (newp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newp->nargs = nargs;
|
||||
newp->operation = op;
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
|
||||
return newp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fail:
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[1];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (1, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left,
|
||||
struct expression *right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[2];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = left;
|
||||
args[1] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (2, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp,
|
||||
struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[3];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = bexp;
|
||||
args[1] = tbranch;
|
||||
args[2] = fbranch;
|
||||
return new_exp (3, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
|
||||
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
|
||||
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
|
||||
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
|
||||
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
|
||||
%right '?' /* ? */
|
||||
%left '|' /* || */
|
||||
%left '&' /* && */
|
||||
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
|
||||
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
|
||||
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
|
||||
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
|
||||
%right '!' /* ! */
|
||||
|
||||
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
|
||||
%token <num> NUMBER
|
||||
%type <exp> exp
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
start: exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ($1 == NULL)
|
||||
YYABORT;
|
||||
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '|' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '&' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp EQUOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp CMPOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp ADDOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp MULOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '!' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| 'n'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| NUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
|
||||
$$->val.num = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '(' exp ')'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = $2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle the recursive case. */
|
||||
switch (exp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (exp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *exp = *pexp;
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
return YYEOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = *exp++;
|
||||
switch (result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
|
||||
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
|
||||
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
n *= 10;
|
||||
n += exp[0] - '0';
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lval->num = n;
|
||||
result = NUMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '=':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '!':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = not_equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '&':
|
||||
case '|':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == result)
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '<':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = less_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = less_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '>':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = greater_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
lval->op = mult;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '/':
|
||||
lval->op = divide;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
lval->op = module;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '+':
|
||||
lval->op = plus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '-':
|
||||
lval->op = minus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
case ':':
|
||||
case '(':
|
||||
case ')':
|
||||
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ';':
|
||||
case '\n':
|
||||
case '\0':
|
||||
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
result = YYEOF;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
#if YYDEBUG != 0
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
yyerror (const char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
argument *ap;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
|
||||
switch (ap->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TYPE_SCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_USHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_CHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
|
||||
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
|
||||
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
|
||||
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_char =
|
||||
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
|
||||
? va_arg (args, int)
|
||||
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
(wchar_t)'(',
|
||||
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
|
||||
(wchar_t)')',
|
||||
(wchar_t)0
|
||||
};
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown type. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wint_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Argument types */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
TYPE_SCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_UCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_SHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_USHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_INT,
|
||||
TYPE_UINT,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGINT,
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_CHAR,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
, TYPE_U8_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U16_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U32_STRING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} arg_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polymorphic argument */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed char a_schar;
|
||||
unsigned char a_uchar;
|
||||
short a_short;
|
||||
unsigned short a_ushort;
|
||||
int a_int;
|
||||
unsigned int a_uint;
|
||||
long int a_longint;
|
||||
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int a_longlongint;
|
||||
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
float a_float;
|
||||
double a_double;
|
||||
long double a_longdouble;
|
||||
int a_char;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
wint_t a_wide_char;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char* a_string;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void* a_pointer;
|
||||
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
|
||||
short * a_count_short_pointer;
|
||||
int * a_count_int_pointer;
|
||||
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
|
||||
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
|
||||
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
argument;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
argument *arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,628 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Formatted output to strings.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
|
||||
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
|
||||
in the format string are ASCII.
|
||||
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
|
||||
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include "printf-parse.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
|
||||
# define CHAR_T char
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get intmax_t. */
|
||||
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
|
||||
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* errno. */
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Checked size_t computations. */
|
||||
#include "xsize.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
/* c_isascii(). */
|
||||
# include "c-ctype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
|
||||
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
|
||||
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
|
||||
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
|
||||
size_t max_width_length = 0;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
d->count = 0;
|
||||
d_allocated = 1;
|
||||
d->dir = (DIRECTIVE *) malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (d->dir == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory_1;
|
||||
|
||||
a->count = 0;
|
||||
a_allocated = 0;
|
||||
a->arg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t n = (_index_); \
|
||||
if (n >= a_allocated) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t memory_size; \
|
||||
argument *memory; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
|
||||
if (a_allocated <= n) \
|
||||
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
memory = (argument *) (a->arg \
|
||||
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
|
||||
: malloc (memory_size)); \
|
||||
if (memory == NULL) \
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
a->arg = memory; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (a->count <= n) \
|
||||
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
|
||||
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
|
||||
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
|
||||
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
|
||||
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
|
||||
goto error; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (*cp != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
|
||||
if (c == '%')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the next directive. */
|
||||
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
dp->flags = 0;
|
||||
dp->width_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->precision_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the flags. */
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == ' ')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the field width. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < 1)
|
||||
max_width_length = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t width_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < width_length)
|
||||
max_width_length = width_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the precision. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < 2)
|
||||
max_precision_length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
|
||||
later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t precision_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
|
||||
max_precision_length = precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == 'h')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'L')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= 4;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'l')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'j')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
|
||||
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
|
||||
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
|
||||
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 't')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
|
||||
/* On MacOS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'q')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On native Win32, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp += 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the conversion character. */
|
||||
c = *cp++;
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'd': case 'i':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
|
||||
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_USHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_UINT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
|
||||
case 'a': case 'A':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_CHAR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case 'C':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
c = 'c';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case 'S':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
c = 's';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 'p':
|
||||
type = TYPE_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case 'U':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
|
||||
else if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
type = TYPE_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown conversion character. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dp->conversion = c;
|
||||
dp->dir_end = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
d->count++;
|
||||
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t memory_size;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
|
||||
if (memory == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
d->dir = memory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
else if (!c_isascii (c))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
|
||||
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_of_memory:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
out_of_memory_1:
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVES
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVE
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char* dir_start;
|
||||
const char* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const char* width_start;
|
||||
const char* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const char* precision_start;
|
||||
const char* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
char_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
|
||||
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
|
||||
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-args.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (written == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*resultp = result;
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wprintf-parse.h"
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#define CHAR_T wchar_t
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
|
||||
#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
||||
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (i == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
|
||||
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
|
||||
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
|
||||
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
|
||||
if (length >= maxlength)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^# Packages using this file: / {
|
||||
s/# Packages using this file://
|
||||
ta
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
|
||||
tb
|
||||
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
|
||||
:b
|
||||
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^# Packages using this file: / {
|
||||
s/# Packages using this file://
|
||||
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
|
||||
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,493 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
# define xmalloc malloc
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
# include <libcharset.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
|
||||
#undef bool
|
||||
#undef false
|
||||
#undef true
|
||||
#define bool int
|
||||
#define false 0
|
||||
#define true 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
|
||||
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Original installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *orig_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* Current installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
|
||||
to them must start with a slash. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
|
||||
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
|
||||
relocation is a nop. */
|
||||
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
|
||||
char *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
|
||||
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (memory != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
orig_prefix = memory;
|
||||
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
|
||||
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
curr_prefix = memory;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
orig_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
curr_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
|
||||
called once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
|
||||
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file.
|
||||
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
|
||||
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char *
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *curr_installdir;
|
||||
const char *rel_installdir;
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
|
||||
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
|
||||
orig_installdir. */
|
||||
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
|
||||
!= 0)
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
|
||||
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
|
||||
char *q;
|
||||
|
||||
while (p > p_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*p))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (q == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
|
||||
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
|
||||
curr_installdir = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
|
||||
rel_installdir from it. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp_base =
|
||||
curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool same = false;
|
||||
const char *rpi = rp;
|
||||
const char *cpi = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rpi--;
|
||||
cpi--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
same = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Do case-insensitive comparison if the file system is always or
|
||||
often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison
|
||||
if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant file system */
|
||||
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
|
||||
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (*rpi != *cpi)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!same)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
|
||||
to the slash before it. */
|
||||
rp = rpi;
|
||||
cp = cpi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rp > rel_installdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
free (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
|
||||
static char *shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL WINAPI
|
||||
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) reserved;
|
||||
|
||||
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
|
||||
static char location[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls
|
||||
to the Unix-like slashified notation. */
|
||||
static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH];
|
||||
/* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path.
|
||||
See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html.
|
||||
Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it
|
||||
truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */
|
||||
cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1)
|
||||
/* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* Unix except Cygwin */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
|
||||
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
|
||||
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
|
||||
if (fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long start, end;
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
|
||||
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
|
||||
if (len >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
|
||||
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
|
||||
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
|
||||
Return NULL if unknown.
|
||||
Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ();
|
||||
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
|
||||
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
relocate (const char *pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
static int initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
|
||||
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
|
||||
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
|
||||
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
|
||||
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
|
||||
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
|
||||
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
|
||||
orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix_better;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix_better =
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ());
|
||||
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix,
|
||||
curr_prefix_better != NULL
|
||||
? curr_prefix_better
|
||||
: curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_prefix_better != NULL)
|
||||
free (curr_prefix_better);
|
||||
|
||||
initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
|
||||
even for DOS-like file systems, because the pathname argument was
|
||||
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
|
||||
from. */
|
||||
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
|
||||
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
|
||||
char *result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (curr_prefix) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy (result, curr_prefix);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
|
||||
char *result =
|
||||
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Nothing to relocate. */
|
||||
return pathname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
|
||||
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
|
||||
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory management: relocate() potentially allocates memory, because it has
|
||||
to construct a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program
|
||||
calls relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. Or free the
|
||||
return value if it was different from the argument pathname. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file.
|
||||
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
extern char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
|
||||
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_domain;
|
||||
char *old_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
|
||||
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
|
||||
environment variable changed. */
|
||||
new_domain = old_domain;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||
are out of core. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
|
||||
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
|
||||
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old_domain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Multithreading primitives.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
|
||||
static void *
|
||||
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_in_use (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int tested;
|
||||
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tested)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t thread;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
/* Thread creation failed. */
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Thread creation works. */
|
||||
void *retval;
|
||||
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tested = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
|
||||
this file is never empty. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
|
||||
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree search for red/black trees.
|
||||
The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
|
||||
books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
|
||||
The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
|
||||
"Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's
|
||||
the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
|
||||
Structures" course...
|
||||
|
||||
Totally public domain. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
|
||||
or black. They have the following properties:
|
||||
1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
|
||||
constant.
|
||||
2. No two red edges are adjacent.
|
||||
Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
|
||||
O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer
|
||||
than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
|
||||
Useful for the implementation:
|
||||
3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
|
||||
(if it exists).
|
||||
|
||||
In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color
|
||||
interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is
|
||||
meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
|
||||
convenience. All added nodes are red initially.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched
|
||||
with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is
|
||||
reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
|
||||
the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they
|
||||
pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing
|
||||
N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
|
||||
necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate
|
||||
the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
|
||||
possibly rotated.
|
||||
|
||||
Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
|
||||
deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
|
||||
If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
|
||||
n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
|
||||
otherwise n1 becomes n2.
|
||||
Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
|
||||
missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this
|
||||
error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
|
||||
enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error
|
||||
has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
|
||||
is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
|
||||
do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a
|
||||
small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
|
||||
Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
|
||||
of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree rotations look like this:
|
||||
A C
|
||||
/ \ / \
|
||||
B C A G
|
||||
/ \ / \ --> / \
|
||||
D E F G B F
|
||||
/ \
|
||||
D E
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the
|
||||
binary tree. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include "tsearch.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <search.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
|
||||
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef weak_alias
|
||||
# define __tsearch tsearch
|
||||
# define __tfind tfind
|
||||
# define __tdelete tdelete
|
||||
# define __twalk twalk
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
|
||||
environments simply ignore the marking. */
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct node_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
|
||||
move! */
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
struct node_t *left;
|
||||
struct node_t *right;
|
||||
unsigned int red:1;
|
||||
} *node;
|
||||
typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Routines to check tree invariants. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert (d_sofar == d_total);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
|
||||
if (p->left)
|
||||
assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
|
||||
if (p->right)
|
||||
assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree (node root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
node p;
|
||||
if (root == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
|
||||
cnt += !p->red;
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
|
||||
edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
|
||||
and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the
|
||||
comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
|
||||
ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
|
||||
edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
|
||||
int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
node *rp, *lp;
|
||||
rp = &(*rootp)->right;
|
||||
lp = &(*rootp)->left;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */
|
||||
if (mode == 1
|
||||
|| ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This node becomes red, its successors black. */
|
||||
root->red = 1;
|
||||
if (*rp)
|
||||
(*rp)->red = 0;
|
||||
if (*lp)
|
||||
(*lp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
|
||||
rotations. */
|
||||
if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node gp = *gparentp;
|
||||
node p = *parentp;
|
||||
/* There are two main cases:
|
||||
1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
|
||||
2. Both red edges are of the same type.
|
||||
There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
|
||||
4 cases. */
|
||||
if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
|
||||
and grandparent as successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is left of parent. */
|
||||
p->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = p;
|
||||
gp->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is right of parent. */
|
||||
p->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = p;
|
||||
gp->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*gparentp = root;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*gparentp = *parentp;
|
||||
/* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
|
||||
child are its successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Left edges. */
|
||||
gp->left = p->right;
|
||||
p->right = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Right edges. */
|
||||
gp->right = p->left;
|
||||
p->left = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q;
|
||||
node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node *nextp;
|
||||
int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This saves some additional tests below. */
|
||||
if (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
(*rootp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = rootp;
|
||||
while (*nextp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
|
||||
/* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
|
||||
That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
|
||||
used again in that case. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
if (*nextp == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
gparentp = parentp;
|
||||
parentp = rootp;
|
||||
rootp = nextp;
|
||||
|
||||
gp_r = p_r;
|
||||
p_r = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
|
||||
if (q != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*nextp = q; /* link new node to old */
|
||||
q->key = key; /* initialize new node */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
q->left = q->right = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextp != rootp)
|
||||
/* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
|
||||
rotating the tree. */
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find datum in search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
void *const *vrootp;
|
||||
__compar_fn_t compar;
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
while (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Delete node with given key.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
|
||||
COMPAR the comparison function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node p, q, r, retval;
|
||||
int cmp;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node root, unchained;
|
||||
/* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's
|
||||
_very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree
|
||||
would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */
|
||||
int stacksize = 100;
|
||||
int sp = 0;
|
||||
node *nodestack[100];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (p);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
rootp = ((cmp < 0)
|
||||
? &(*rootp)->left
|
||||
: &(*rootp)->right);
|
||||
if (*rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
|
||||
really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
|
||||
and errno = ESRCH or something. */
|
||||
retval = p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
|
||||
it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no
|
||||
successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */
|
||||
|
||||
root = *rootp;
|
||||
|
||||
r = root->right;
|
||||
q = root->left;
|
||||
|
||||
if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
|
||||
unchained = root;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = parent;
|
||||
parent = up;
|
||||
if ((*up)->left == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
up = &(*up)->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unchained = *up;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
|
||||
R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */
|
||||
r = unchained->left;
|
||||
if (r == NULL)
|
||||
r = unchained->right;
|
||||
if (sp == 0)
|
||||
*rootp = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q = *nodestack[sp-1];
|
||||
if (unchained == q->right)
|
||||
q->right = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
q->left = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (unchained != root)
|
||||
root->key = unchained->key;
|
||||
if (!unchained->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
|
||||
edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the
|
||||
tree. */
|
||||
/* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL
|
||||
in the first iteration. */
|
||||
/* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
|
||||
correctness. */
|
||||
while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
|
||||
p = *pp;
|
||||
/* Two symmetric cases. */
|
||||
if (r == p->left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root
|
||||
R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
|
||||
so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
|
||||
it. P is colored red, Q is colored black.
|
||||
This action does not change the black edge count for any
|
||||
leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
|
||||
of the following situations, which all require that Q
|
||||
is black. */
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
/* Left rotate p. */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
/* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is
|
||||
black. */
|
||||
if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
&& (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red.
|
||||
The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
|
||||
edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the
|
||||
tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop
|
||||
in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
|
||||
valid and also makes the black edge count come out
|
||||
right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer
|
||||
to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can
|
||||
repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
|
||||
loop afterwards. */
|
||||
if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The left one is red. We perform the same action as
|
||||
in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
|
||||
adjacent but point in different directions:
|
||||
Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
|
||||
top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
|
||||
and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
|
||||
successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
|
||||
P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
|
||||
This changes the black edge count only for node R and
|
||||
its successors. */
|
||||
node q2 = q->left;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q2->right = q;
|
||||
q2->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black,
|
||||
and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor
|
||||
also becomes black. This changes the black edge
|
||||
count only for node R and its successors. */
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
q->right->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* left rotate p */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We're done. */
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Comments: see above. */
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
&& (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q2 = q->right;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q2->left = q;
|
||||
q2->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
q->left->red = 0;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
--sp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r != NULL)
|
||||
r->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (unchained);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
|
||||
(*action) (root, leaf, level);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*action) (root, preorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, postorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, endorder, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root, action, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
||||
/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
|
||||
tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
|
||||
(*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
|
||||
/* Free the node itself. */
|
||||
free (root);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = (node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Binary tree data structure.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
#define _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */
|
||||
#include <search.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>,
|
||||
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html>
|
||||
for details. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
preorder,
|
||||
postorder,
|
||||
endorder,
|
||||
leaf
|
||||
}
|
||||
VISIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY
|
||||
is inserted in the tree and is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is
|
||||
returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT.
|
||||
The ACTION function is called:
|
||||
- for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal,
|
||||
after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
and after the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
- for leaf nodes: once.
|
||||
The arguments passed to ACTION are:
|
||||
1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a
|
||||
pointer to the key,
|
||||
2. an indicator which visit of the node this is,
|
||||
3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */
|
||||
extern void twalk (const void *vroot,
|
||||
void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue